US20220291216A1 - Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor - Google Patents
Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220291216A1 US20220291216A1 US17/100,272 US202017100272A US2022291216A1 US 20220291216 A1 US20220291216 A1 US 20220291216A1 US 202017100272 A US202017100272 A US 202017100272A US 2022291216 A1 US2022291216 A1 US 2022291216A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- light
- cyclin
- generating
- cells
- protein
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 206010021143 Hypoxia Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 65
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 84
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 title abstract description 19
- 230000007954 hypoxia Effects 0.000 title description 22
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 title description 6
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 172
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 118
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 105
- 230000001146 hypoxic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 75
- 102100035070 von Hippel-Lindau disease tumor suppressor Human genes 0.000 claims description 66
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 54
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 41
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 33
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 32
- 102000004079 Prolyl Hydroxylases Human genes 0.000 claims description 30
- 108010043005 Prolyl Hydroxylases Proteins 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 abstract description 197
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 abstract description 197
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 abstract description 148
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 abstract description 147
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 abstract description 69
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 abstract description 27
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 abstract description 27
- 102000006275 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Human genes 0.000 abstract description 21
- 108010083111 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Proteins 0.000 abstract description 21
- 238000005415 bioluminescence Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 230000029918 bioluminescence Effects 0.000 abstract description 7
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- 238000007877 drug screening Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 182
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 158
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 123
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 123
- 102000002177 Hypoxia-inducible factor-1 alpha Human genes 0.000 description 88
- 108050009527 Hypoxia-inducible factor-1 alpha Proteins 0.000 description 88
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 73
- 108050006400 Cyclin Proteins 0.000 description 57
- 102000016736 Cyclin Human genes 0.000 description 57
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 55
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 46
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 41
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 38
- 101150073031 cdk2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 37
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 37
- 108010068192 Cyclin A Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 102100025191 Cyclin-A2 Human genes 0.000 description 36
- 102000003909 Cyclin E Human genes 0.000 description 33
- 108090000257 Cyclin E Proteins 0.000 description 33
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 32
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 29
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 27
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 210000001995 reticulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 25
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 25
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical class [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 24
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 23
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 22
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 22
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 21
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 20
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 19
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 19
- 108010003751 Elongin Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 102000004662 Elongin Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 17
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 15
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 15
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 14
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 14
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 14
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 13
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 12
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 12
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 10
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 10
- 241000209140 Triticum Species 0.000 description 10
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N (4s,4ar,5s,5ar,6r,12ar)-4-(dimethylamino)-1,5,10,11,12a-pentahydroxy-6-methyl-3,12-dioxo-4a,5,5a,6-tetrahydro-4h-tetracene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@](C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@H]3N(C)C)(O)C3=O)C3=C(O)C2=C1O SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 102220570845 Hypoxia-inducible factor 1-alpha_P564A_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 102220529669 Rho guanine nucleotide exchange factor 16_L562A_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229960003722 doxycycline Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 206010010144 Completed suicide Diseases 0.000 description 8
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- XHLHPRDBBAGVEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-tetralone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)CCCC2=C1 XHLHPRDBBAGVEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 7
- 108091007914 CDKs Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108090000266 Cyclin-dependent kinases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000003903 Cyclin-dependent kinases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000018199 S phase Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102100024026 Transcription factor E2F1 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 7
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 7
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- -1 e.g. Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 7
- 208000006542 von Hippel-Lindau disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 6
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 241000269370 Xenopus <genus> Species 0.000 description 6
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101000904152 Homo sapiens Transcription factor E2F1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000006830 Luminescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010047357 Luminescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000009572 RNA Polymerase II Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010009460 RNA Polymerase II Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108050002653 Retinoblastoma protein Proteins 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012723 sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037426 transcriptional repression Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KJBJPJYEPGYTJX-ZBRNBAAYSA-N (2s)-2-aminobutanedioic acid;(2s)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O KJBJPJYEPGYTJX-ZBRNBAAYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101000891649 Homo sapiens Transcription elongation factor A protein-like 1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101100263670 Homo sapiens VHL gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 4
- 101000596402 Mus musculus Neuronal vesicle trafficking-associated protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000800539 Mus musculus Translationally-controlled tumor protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- UBQYURCVBFRUQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-benzoyl-Ferrioxamine B Chemical compound CC(=O)N(O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCC(=O)N(O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCC(=O)N(O)CCCCCN UBQYURCVBFRUQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102100022828 Retinoblastoma-like protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108050002651 Retinoblastoma-like protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000781972 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) Protein wos2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101001009610 Toxoplasma gondii Dense granule protein 5 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000006623 congenital myasthenic syndrome 10 Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229960000958 deferoxamine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010018033 endothelial PAS domain-containing protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 4
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000023603 positive regulation of transcription initiation, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000022983 regulation of cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010000239 Aequorin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100030907 Aryl hydrocarbon receptor nuclear translocator Human genes 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100026810 Cyclin-dependent kinase 7 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100033270 Cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000000341 S-Phase Kinase-Associated Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010055623 S-Phase Kinase-Associated Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000014400 SH2 domains Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108050003452 SH2 domains Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 108700026226 TATA Box Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000018679 Tacrolimus Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010027179 Tacrolimus Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- GVPFVAHMJGGAJG-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Co+2] GVPFVAHMJGGAJG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000034287 fluorescent proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091006047 fluorescent proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000049134 human VHL Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003670 luciferase enzyme activity assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000004297 night vision Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002974 pharmacogenomic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010049386 Aryl Hydrocarbon Receptor Nuclear Translocator Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010058546 Cyclin D1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010024986 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100036239 Cyclin-dependent kinase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100024457 Cyclin-dependent kinase 9 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010051055 Deep vein thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000019274 E2F Family Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050006730 E2F Family Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010063774 E2F1 Transcription Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100024165 G1/S-specific cyclin-D1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100032863 General transcription factor IIH subunit 3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010053759 Growth retardation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010010369 HIV Protease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100032742 Histone-lysine N-methyltransferase SETD2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000006947 Histones Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101000911952 Homo sapiens Cyclin-dependent kinase 7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000980930 Homo sapiens Cyclin-dependent kinase 9 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000666405 Homo sapiens General transcription factor IIH subunit 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000655398 Homo sapiens General transcription factor IIH subunit 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000655391 Homo sapiens General transcription factor IIH subunit 3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000655406 Homo sapiens General transcription factor IIH subunit 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000655402 Homo sapiens General transcription factor IIH subunit 5 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000654725 Homo sapiens Histone-lysine N-methyltransferase SETD2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000825399 Homo sapiens SHC-transforming protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000702545 Homo sapiens Transcription activator BRG1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 125000001429 N-terminal alpha-amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010012271 Positive Transcriptional Elongation Factor B Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000019014 Positive Transcriptional Elongation Factor B Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000010378 Pulmonary Embolism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010052090 Renilla Luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700025701 Retinoblastoma Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091006627 SLC12A9 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091006629 SLC13A2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100031027 Transcription activator BRG1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010047249 Venous thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 2
- 101150046474 Vhl gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000141 anti-hypoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091005948 blue fluorescent proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010307 cell transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003081 coactivator Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000015694 estrogen receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010038795 estrogen receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002376 fluorescence recovery after photobleaching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000050116 human SHC1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001926 lymphatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000001360 methionine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007959 normoxia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091008819 oncoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000010379 pull-down assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010054624 red fluorescent protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102200089627 rs5030809 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004885 tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003146 transient transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091005957 yellow fluorescent proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- COABRICCWCYCPI-ZYLNUDMXSA-N (2s,3s)-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s,3r)-2-[[(2s)-2-amino-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamin Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 COABRICCWCYCPI-ZYLNUDMXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIYFEESCIBNMIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diethyl-3-hydroxypyridin-4-one Chemical compound CCC1=C(O)C(=O)C=CN1CC XIYFEESCIBNMIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAPSNMNOIOSXSQ-YNEHKIRRSA-N 1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O[Si](C)(C)C(C)(C)C)C1 QAPSNMNOIOSXSQ-YNEHKIRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WIGDGIGALMYEBW-LLINQDLYSA-N 2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-amino-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]acetic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(O)=O WIGDGIGALMYEBW-LLINQDLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102220635709 39S ribosomal protein L18, mitochondrial_Y565F_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010024878 Adenovirus E1A Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000239290 Araneae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010002913 Asialoglycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101500025132 Bos taurus Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101500027500 Bos taurus Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101500027539 Bos taurus Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101500028979 Bos taurus Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000690445 Caenorhabditis elegans Aryl hydrocarbon receptor nuclear translocator homolog Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100005789 Caenorhabditis elegans cdk-4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100011377 Caenorhabditis elegans egl-9 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100297347 Caenorhabditis elegans pgl-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150090188 Cdk8 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000021910 Cerebral Arterial disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100040428 Chitobiosyldiphosphodolichol beta-mannosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000709520 Chlamydia trachomatis serovar L2 (strain 434/Bu / ATCC VR-902B) Atypical response regulator protein ChxR Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000008130 Cyclic AMP-Dependent Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049894 Cyclic AMP-Dependent Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002427 Cyclin B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068150 Cyclin B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010068237 Cyclin H Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002435 Cyclin T Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068106 Cyclin T Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010025461 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013702 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036883 Cyclin-H Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036876 Cyclin-K Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710106276 Cyclin-dependent kinase 7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024456 Cyclin-dependent kinase 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010093668 Deubiquitinating Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000199914 Dinophyceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700032122 Drosophila E2f1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010093502 E2F Transcription Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001388 E2F Transcription Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010036466 E2F2 Transcription Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012199 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050002772 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023877 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase RBX1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710095156 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase RBX1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005189 Embolism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000018700 F-Box Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010066805 F-Box Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710088947 Ferredoxin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035831 Filensin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000010190 G1 phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000237858 Gastropoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700010908 HIV-1 proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010068250 Herpes Simplex Virus Protein Vmw65 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000903 Herpes simplex encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029433 Herpesviridae infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000793115 Homo sapiens Aryl hydrocarbon receptor nuclear translocator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000891557 Homo sapiens Chitobiosyldiphosphodolichol beta-mannosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934320 Homo sapiens Cyclin-A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000713127 Homo sapiens Cyclin-K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000980937 Homo sapiens Cyclin-dependent kinase 8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000944380 Homo sapiens Cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001046870 Homo sapiens Hypoxia-inducible factor 1-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000904150 Homo sapiens Transcription factor E2F3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000800860 Homo sapiens Transcription initiation factor IIB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012741 Laemmli sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000254158 Lampyridae Species 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002569 MAP Kinase Kinase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068304 MAP Kinase Kinase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WAEMQWOKJMHJLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese(2+) Chemical compound [Mn+2] WAEMQWOKJMHJLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010057466 NF-kappa B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003945 NF-kappa B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel(2+) Chemical compound [Ni+2] VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007999 Nuclear Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010089610 Nuclear Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091007960 PI3Ks Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000038030 PI3Ks Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000030852 Parasitic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002508 Peptide Elongation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068204 Peptide Elongation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009658 Peptidylprolyl Isomerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010020062 Peptidylprolyl Isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005764 Peripheral Arterial Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030831 Peripheral arterial occlusive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000009328 Perro Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010002747 Pfu DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920005372 Plexiglas® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003923 Protein Kinase C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000315 Protein Kinase C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005569 Protein Phosphatase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010059000 Protein Phosphatase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013009 Pyruvate Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005115 Pyruvate Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710178916 RING-box protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014450 RNA Polymerase III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078067 RNA Polymerase III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001082629 Rattus norvegicus Hypoxia-inducible factor 1-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150112625 SSN3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710169053 SWI/SNF complex subunit SMARCC1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024793 SWI/SNF complex subunit SMARCC1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100221606 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) COS7 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100150415 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) srb10 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000239226 Scorpiones Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000270295 Serpentes Species 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010085012 Steroid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007451 Steroid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006467 TATA-Box Binding Protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044281 TATA-Box Binding Protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100024024 Transcription factor E2F2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024027 Transcription factor E2F3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000941 Transcription factor TFIIB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004408 Transcription factor TFIIB Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000002015 Transforming Protein 1 Src Homology 2 Domain-Containing Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010040625 Transforming Protein 1 Src Homology 2 Domain-Containing Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015098 Tumor Suppressor Protein p53 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078814 Tumor Suppressor Protein p53 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010040002 Tumor Suppressor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001742 Tumor Suppressor Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010054880 Vascular insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700031765 Von Hippel-Lindau Tumor Suppressor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000021375 Xenogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- INULNSAIIZKOQE-YOSAUDMPSA-N [(3r,4ar,10ar)-6-methoxy-1-methyl-3,4,4a,5,10,10a-hexahydro-2h-benzo[g]quinolin-3-yl]-[4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl]methanone Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2[C@H](N(C1)C)CC=1C=CC=C(C=1C2)OC)N(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 INULNSAIIZKOQE-YOSAUDMPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KNYAHOBESA-N [[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] dihydroxyphosphoryl hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)O[32P](O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KNYAHOBESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009056 active transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003444 anaesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003510 anti-fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002257 antimetastatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000035269 cancer or benign tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010089576 carboxy-terminal domain kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006369 cell cycle progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004671 cell-free system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006364 cellular survival Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012707 chemical precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012411 cloning technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M coomassie brilliant blue Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YPHMISFOHDHNIV-FSZOTQKASA-N cycloheximide Chemical compound C1[C@@H](C)C[C@H](C)C(=O)[C@@H]1[C@H](O)CC1CC(=O)NC(=O)C1 YPHMISFOHDHNIV-FSZOTQKASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011496 digital image analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004925 dihydropyridyl group Chemical group N1(CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002224 dissection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940111782 egg extract Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006274 endogenous ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000695 excitation spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010062616 filensin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N fusidic acid Chemical class O[C@@H]([C@@H]12)C[C@H]3\C(=C(/CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]3(C)[C@@]2(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H]2C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004153 glucose metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011544 gradient gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003966 growth inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000021991 hereditary neoplastic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005734 heterodimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010052344 histone H1 kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000049131 human HIF1A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012133 immunoprecipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037041 intracellular level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000534 ion trap mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010082683 kemptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000021 kinase assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- DLBFLQKQABVKGT-UHFFFAOYSA-L lucifer yellow dye Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C(N(C(=O)NN)C2=O)=O)=C3C2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC3=C1N DLBFLQKQABVKGT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000003468 luciferase reporter gene assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010091504 malantide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011278 mitosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091005601 modified peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006218 nasal suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- VOFUROIFQGPCGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N nile red Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C4OC3=CC(=O)C2=C1 VOFUROIFQGPCGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009701 normal cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030648 nucleus localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010089433 obelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012261 overproduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000036281 parasite infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009057 passive transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DDBREPKUVSBGFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenobarbital Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O DDBREPKUVSBGFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002695 phenobarbital Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005375 photometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000614 poison Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000007096 poisonous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000008476 powdered milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001023 pro-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012342 propidium iodide staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009822 protein phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- GGOZGYRTNQBSSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-2,3-diol Chemical class OC1=CC=CN=C1O GGOZGYRTNQBSSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008598 receptor tyrosine kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000027426 receptor tyrosine kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000010837 receptor-mediated endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037425 regulation of transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020874 response to hypoxia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000452 restraining effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000444 skin lesion Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010040882 skin lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bisulfate Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])(=O)=O WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000342 sodium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012409 standard PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108700020534 tetracycline resistance-encoding transposon repressor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002341 toxic gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005029 transcription elongation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091006106 transcriptional activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006108 transcriptional coactivators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011426 transformation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035903 transrepression Effects 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000005751 tumor progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000225 tumor suppressor protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000011531 vascular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023577 vascular insufficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010055031 vascular neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000611 venom Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000001048 venom Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002435 venom Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100032078 von Hippel-Lindau-like protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/573—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for enzymes or isoenzymes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/1703—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- A61K38/1709—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/43—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/44—Oxidoreductases (1)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/12—Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/02—Non-specific cardiovascular stimulants, e.g. drugs for syncope, antihypotensives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/26—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving oxidoreductase
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Y—ENZYMES
- C12Y114/00—Oxidoreductases acting on paired donors, with incorporation or reduction of molecular oxygen (1.14)
- C12Y114/11—Oxidoreductases acting on paired donors, with incorporation or reduction of molecular oxygen (1.14) with 2-oxoglutarate as one donor, and incorporation of one atom each of oxygen into both donors (1.14.11)
- C12Y114/11002—Procollagen-proline dioxygenase (1.14.11.2), i.e. proline-hydroxylase
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/90—Enzymes; Proenzymes
- G01N2333/902—Oxidoreductases (1.)
- G01N2333/90245—Oxidoreductases (1.) acting on paired donors with incorporation of molecular oxygen (1.14)
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2500/00—Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
- G01N2500/02—Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C on the interaction between interacting molecules A and B (e.g. A = enzyme and B = substrate for A, or A = receptor and B = ligand for the receptor)
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2500/00—Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
- G01N2500/04—Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C directly on molecule A (e.g. C are potential ligands for a receptor A, or potential substrates for an enzyme A)
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2500/00—Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
- G01N2500/20—Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value cell-free systems
Definitions
- the invention relates to drug discovery.
- the invention features the use of light emitting proteins as tools for diagnosis, drug screening and discovery, and as pharmaceuticals for in vivo treatment.
- bioluminescent protein moieties e.g., green fluorescent protein (GFP) and luciferase
- GFP green fluorescent protein
- luciferase e.g., luciferase
- protein phosphorylation events can be detected using fusion proteins containing GFP (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,958,713) or luciferase, aequorin and obelin (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,683,888).
- Light-generating moieties have been introduced into mammals to specifically localize events such as parasite infection (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,135).
- HIF hypoxia-inducible factor
- Tissue ischemia is a major cause of morbidity and mortality. Ischemia can result from chronic hypoxia brought on by lack of blood supply to the tissue occurring from, for example, stroke, deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolus, and renal failure. Ischemic tissue is also found in tumors.
- VHL von Hippel-Lindau
- VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
- SCF Skp1/Cdc53 or CullinIF-box ubiquitin ligases.
- SCF Skp1/Cdc53 or CullinIF-box ubiquitin ligases.
- pVHL binds directly to HIF ⁇ subunits and targets them for polyubiquitination and destruction.
- Cells lacking functional pVHL cannot degrade HIF and thus overproduce mRNAs encoded by HIF target genes.
- cyclin E is active in late G1 and early S-phase
- cyclin A is active in S-phase
- cyclin B is active in mitosis.
- Cyclins bind to cyclin-dependent kinases (cdks).
- cyclins activate the catalytic activity of their partner cdk(s) and also play roles in substrate recognition.
- transcriptional regulatory proteins such as the pRB homologs p107 and p130, the E2F family members E2F1, E2F2, and E2F3, the transcriptional coactivator p300, and NPAT (nuclear protein mapped to the AT locus) form stable complexes with cyclin A/cdk2 and/or cyclin E/cdk2. All of these proteins bind directly or indirectly to DNA. Thus, such complexes might serve as vehicles for increasing the concentration of cyclin A/cdk2 or cyclin E/cdk2 at certain sites within the genome. As such, cyclin A/cdk2 and cyclin E/cdk2 might play relatively direct roles in processes such as transcription and DNA replication. These two processes are fundamental in normal cell proliferation and are perturbed during aberrant cell proliferation, such as in cancer.
- the invention relates in part to the discovery of light-generating fusion proteins (or a cell expressing the light-generating fusion protein), wherein the light-generating fusion protein features a ligand binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety.
- the light-generating fusion protein (“LGP”) has a feature where the light generation of the light-generating polypeptide moiety changes upon binding of a ligand at the ligand binding site.
- the ligand may be active in an environment only under certain conditions, e.g., in a hypoxic state, such that the light-generating fusion protein is “turned” on or off only under such conditions.
- the light-generating fusion proteins of the invention may be used for screening for modulators of activity or latency of (or predisposition to) disorders such as hypoxia, cancer, diabetes, heart disease or stroke.
- a test compound may be administered to a test animal at increased risk for such a disorder, wherein the test animal recombinantly expresses a light-generating fusion protein, allowing for localization of the light-generating fusion protein, detecting the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal after administering the test compound, and comparing the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal with the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in a control animal not administered the test compound.
- a change in the activity of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal relative to the control animal indicates the test compound may be a modulator of, e.g., prolyl hydroxylase.
- an anti-hypoxic compound in vivo may be determined in another embodiment, by administering to a subject, e.g., mammalian, a light-generating fusion protein comprising an ubiquitin ligase binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety or a cell expressing the light-generating fusion protein, allowing for localization of the light-generating fusion protein or cell in hypoxic tissue in the subject; and measuring the luminescence of the localized light-generating fusion protein from the hypoxic tissue.
- a subject e.g., mammalian
- a light-generating fusion protein comprising an ubiquitin ligase binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety or a cell expressing the light-generating fusion protein
- Methods in accordance with the invention are also provided for determining the effects of an anti-cell proliferation compound under study in a mammalian subject, by administering to a test subject a light-generating fusion protein containing a cyclin/cdk binding site or a cell expressing the light-generating fusion protein of the invention, allowing for localization of the fusion protein or cell, measuring luminescence from the localized light-generating fusion protein; and imaging the localized light-generating fusion protein, thereby determining the effects of the anti-cell proliferation compound.
- Cyclin/cdk activity may be assayed in another embodiment of the invention wherein a test sample is contacted with a light-generating fusion protein comprising a cyclin/cdk binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety; and thereafter the presence or amount of cyclin/cdk activity in said test sample is determined by measuring the luminescence of the test sample.
- the invention yet further relates to DNA constructs, including an isolated DNA encoding a modified LGP wherein one or more amino acids have been substituted, inserted or deleted to provide a ligand binding site such as a ubiquitin ligase or protease recognition site, wherein fluorescence of the LGP changes upon binding of a ligand to the ligand binding site.
- a ligand binding site such as a ubiquitin ligase or protease recognition site
- the invention also relates to light-generating fusion proteins having a ligand binding site, such as a ubiquitin ligase binding site, or a HIF1 ⁇ polypeptide moiety; and a light generating polypeptide moiety.
- a ligand binding site such as a ubiquitin ligase binding site, or a HIF1 ⁇ polypeptide moiety
- a light generating polypeptide moiety such as a ubiquitin ligase binding site, or a HIF1 ⁇ polypeptide moiety
- Another embodiment features a light-generating fusion protein with a cyclin/cdk binding site, a suicide protein polypeptide moiety, and a light-generating polypeptide moiety; and a light-generating fusion protein comprising a protein dimerization domain and a light-generating protein moiety.
- the light-generating fusion proteins have the property that upon ligand binding to the ligand binding site, the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety is changed
- the invention further relates to fusion proteins including a HIF1 ⁇ polypeptide moiety or cyclin/cdk binding site, and a suicide protein polypeptide moiety.
- a light-generating polypeptide moiety may optionally be included.
- These protein constructs may be used to selectively target certain cells, e.g., hypoxic tumor cells, for destruction.
- the invention includes methods of treating hypoxic or ischemic disorders by administering to a subject an effective amount of a fusion protein comprising a HIF ⁇ polypeptide moiety having a binding affinity for prolyl hydroxylase, and a suicide polypeptide moiety, such that the hypoxic or ischemic disorder is treated.
- Methods of killing hypoxic tumor cells wherein an effective amount of the fusion/suicide protein is administered to a subject, such that the hypoxic tumor cells are killed; and methods of treating cell-proliferating disorders by administering to a subject an effective amount of a fusion protein comprising a cyclin/cdk binding site and a suicide protein polypeptide moiety, such that the cell-proliferating disorder is treated, are also contemplated.
- the treatment of cell-proliferating disorders may be monitored by an embodiment of the invention, e.g., by administering to a subject an effective amount of a fusion protein comprising a HIF ⁇ polypeptide moiety having a binding affinity for prolyl hydroxylase, a suicide polypeptide moiety, and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the light generation of the light-generating fusion protein changes upon binding of prolyl hydroxylase to the HIF ⁇ polypeptide moiety, such that the cell-proliferating disorder is treated, and monitoring the ability of the fusion protein to inhibit cell proliferation by measuring the light generated by the light-generating fusion protein.
- treatment of cell-proliferating disorders may be monitored by administering to a subject an effective amount of a light-generating fusion protein comprising a cyclin/cdk binding site, a suicide protein polypeptide moiety, and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the light generation of the light generating fusion protein changes upon binding of a cyclin to the cyclin/cdk binding site, such that said cell-proliferating disorder is treated; and monitoring the ability of the fusion protein to inhibit cell proliferation by measuring the light generated by the light-generating fusion protein.
- inventions include a cyclin/cdk binding site and a light generating polypeptide moiety; and a protease binding site and a light-generating protein moiety.
- Antibodies specific for a protein complex comprising HIF1 ⁇ and pVHL are also detailed as within the present invention.
- FIGS. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are schematic representations of different fusion proteins of the present invention.
- FIGS. 2A and 2B are second schematic representations of different fusion proteins of the invention.
- FIGS. 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D shows pVHL binding to a modified form of HIF.
- FIGS. 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D shows pVHL binding to a HIF1 ⁇ -derived peptide if Leu562 and Pro564 are intact.
- FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 5C shows ubiquitination and degradation of HIF linked to Leu562 and Pro 564.
- FIGS. 6A, 6B, 6C, and 6D depicts proline hydroxylation linked to pVHL-binding.
- FIGS. 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D illustrates pVHL specifically recognizing HIF1 ⁇ with hydroxylated proline 564.
- FIGS. 8A, 8B, and 8C illustrates the production of TETr-cyclins A and E.
- FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C shows DNA bound cyclins A and E differentially affecting transcription.
- FIGS. 10A, 10B, and 10C illustrates transcriptional regulation by cyclins A and E dependent upon DNA binding.
- FIGS. 11A, 11B, and 11C depicts cyclin box is required for transcriptional repression by DNA bound cyclin A.
- FIGS. 12A, 12B, and 12C illustrates that transcriptional activation by cyclin E is linked to its ability to bind to cdk2 and interact with substrates.
- FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13C shows that transcriptional activation by DNA bound cyclin E depends on cdk2 catalytic activity.
- FIGS. 14A-1, 14A-2, 14A-3, 14A-4, 14A-5, 14A-6, 14A-7, 14B, and 14C shows transcriptional effects mediated by cell-cycle dependent changes in endogenous cyclins E and A.
- FIGS. 15-18 illustrate the results obtained in Example 2.
- FIG. 19 illustrates the wild type sequence of HIF1 ⁇ , Accession No. Q16665 (SEQ ID NO:23).
- FIG. 20 is a schematic representation of a nucleic acid encoding a light-generating fusion protein of the invention.
- Light-generating or “luminescent” includes the property of generating light through a chemical reaction or through the absorption of radiation, including phosphorescence, fluorescence, and bioluminescence.
- Light includes electromagnetic radiation having a wavelength of between about 300 nm and about 1100 nm.
- Non-invasive methods for detecting localization in a subject does not include largely invasive methods such as conventional surgery or biopsy.
- Light-generating fusion protein includes proteins of the invention having a light generating or luminescent portion, i.e., a light-generating polypeptide moiety and a ligand binding site.
- a light generating or luminescent portion i.e., a light-generating polypeptide moiety
- a ligand of interest binds to the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein
- the light-generating properties of the light-generating polypeptide moiety change, either going from “dark” to “light”, or vice versa.
- Light-generating polypeptide moiety includes any protein known to those of ordinary skill in the art to provide a readily detectable source of light when present in stable form. Non-limiting examples include light-generating proteins described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,683,888, 5,958,713, and 5,650,135, e.g., ferredoxin IV, green fluorescent protein, red fluorescent protein, yellow fluorescent protein, blue fluorescent protein, the luciferase family and the aequorin family. In a preferred embodiment, the light-generating polypeptide moiety is a protein such as green fluorescent protein, red fluorescent protein, yellow fluorescent protein and blue fluorescent protein.
- Colinear effector site includes regions of the light-generating polypeptide moiety that, when acted on by events subsequent to ligand binding, cause the light-generating polypeptide moiety to change its present light-emitting state (i.e., on or off). These regions making up the colinear effector site may do this by, e.g., conformational distortion, chemical modification, e.g., ubiquitination of a residue or residues in the colinear effector site, or by cleavage of a portion of all or part of the colinear effector site.
- “Having binding character for prolyl hydroxylase” refers to a property making HIF ⁇ polypeptide moieties suitable for, e.g., screening methods of the invention and includes HIF polypeptide sequences suitable or adapted for prolyl hydroxylase binding as well as native or wild-type HIF sequences to which pVHL has recognized and bound.
- “Having binding character for ubiquitin ligase” refers to a property making HIF ⁇ polypeptide moieties suitable for, e.g., screening methods of the invention, e.g., including native HIF polypeptide sequences having hydroxylated proline residues hydroxylated by prolyl hydroxylase, or, e.g., “HIF1 ⁇ polypeptide moieties” as defined herein.
- “Localization” includes determining the particular region of the subject of an entity of interest, e.g., a tumor.
- “Kemptide” includes a synthetic cAMP peptide substrate corresponding to part of the phosphyorylation site sequence in porcine liver pyruvate kinase. “Malantide” includes cAMP-dependent protein kinase and protein kinase C substrate in various tissues.
- Small molecule includes compositions that have a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD. Small molecules can be, e.g., nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules. “Spread of infection” includes the spreading and colonization by a pathogen of host sites other than the initial infection site. The term can also include, however, growth in size and/or number of the pathogen at the initial infection site.
- Ligand includes a molecule, a small molecule, a biomolecule, a drug, a peptide, a polypeptide, a protein, a protein complex, an antibody, a nucleic acid, or a cell.
- Ligand binding site includes the location on the light-generating fusion protein to which a ligand binds, whereupon the light-generating polypeptide moiety is activated or inactivated as a direct or indirect consequence of ligand binding Binding to the ligand binding site may be direct or indirect, e.g., via protein dimerization in conjunction with other proteins, as described hereinbelow.
- “Targeting moiety” includes moieties which allow the light-generating fusion protein of the invention to be selectively delivered to a target organ or organs.
- the carrier molecule may include a moiety capable of targeting the compound to the brain, by either active or passive transport.
- the carrier molecule may include a redox moiety, as described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,540,564 and 5,389,623, both to Bodor.
- These patents disclose drugs linked to dihydropyridine moieties which can enter the brain, where they are oxidized to a charged pyridinium species which is trapped in the brain. Thus, compound accumulates in the brain.
- targeting moieties include, for example, asialoglycoproteins (see, e.g. Wu, U.S. Pat. No. 5,166,320) and other ligands which are transported into cells via receptor-mediated endocytosis.
- Targeting moieties may be covalently or non-covalently bound to a light-generating fusion protein.
- the targeting moiety may also be attached to a vector.
- Bioluminescent molecules or moieties include luminescent substances which utilize chemical energy to produce light.
- Fluorescent molecules or moieties include those which are luminescent via a single electronically excited state, which is of very short duration after removal of the source of radiation.
- the wavelength of the emitted fluorescence light is longer than that of the exciting illumination (Stokes' Law), because part of the exciting light is converted into heat by the fluorescent molecule.
- Entities include, without limitation, small molecules such as cyclic organic molecules; macromolecules such as proteins; polymers; proteins; polysaccharides; nucleic acids; particles, inert materials; organelles; microorganisms such as viruses, bacteria, yeast and fungi; cells, e.g., eukaryotic cells; embryos; prions; tumors; all types of pathogens and pathogenic substances; and particles such as beads and liposomes.
- entities may be all or some of the cells that constitute the mammalian subject being imaged, e.g., diseased or damaged tissue, or compounds or molecules produced by those cells, or by a condition under study. Entities for which the invention has particular utility include tumors, proliferating cells, pathogens, and cellular environments comprising hypoxic tissue.
- infectious agents include parasites, viruses, fungi, bacteria or prions.
- Promoter induction event includes an event that results in the direct or indirect induction of a selected inducible promoter.
- Heterologous gene includes a gene which has been transfected into a host organism. Typically, a heterologous gene refers to a gene that is not originally derived from the transfected or transformed cells' genomic DNA.
- Opaque medium includes a medium that is “traditionally” opaque, not necessarily absolutely opaque. Accordingly, an opaque medium includes a medium that is commonly considered to be neither transparent nor translucent, and includes items such as a wood board, and flesh and skin of a mammal.
- HIF ⁇ polypeptide moiety includes all or part of the amino acid sequence of HIF1 ⁇ , HIF2 ⁇ , or HIF3 ⁇ .
- HIF1 ⁇ polypeptide moiety includes all or part of the amino acid sequence of HIF1 ⁇ , e.g., SEQ ID NO: 23, the amino acid sequence corresponding to the N-terminal residues 1-600 of HIF1 ⁇ , numbered in accordance with wild-type HIF1 ⁇ , wherein either or both of residues 402 and 564 are proline or hydroxylated proline, or an 80 to 120, 20 to 30, 12 to 14, or 4 to 12 amino acid sequence corresponding to the residues adjacent to and/or surrounding residue 402 and/or 564, inclusive, of HIF1 ⁇ , wherein residues 402 and/or 564 is proline or hydroxylated proline.
- the invention relates in part to methods and compositions relating to detecting, localizing and quantifying enzyme activities and protein-protein interactions in vivo, in vitro and in silico using light-emitting fusion proteins.
- the fusion proteins contain domains capable of binding by enzymes and other ligands, and of being modified as a consequence of this binding.
- the light generating domains include, without limitation, regions from fluorescent proteins and bioluminescent proteins.
- Light emission is detected by known methods, such as detection with suitable instrumentation (such as a CCD camera) in vivo, in vitro or in silico, such as in a living cell or intact organism, a cell culture system, a tissue section, or an array.
- Light-generating fusion proteins of the invention are capable of taking part in a luminescent reaction whereby different biological, biochemical, chemical and physical events are measured.
- the light-generating fusion protein is capable of being modified such that it does or does not emit light or cause light to be emitted.
- Light-generating fusion proteins include a ligand binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the bioluminescence of the polypeptide moiety changes upon binding of a ligand at the ligand binding site.
- the ligand binding site acts as in a sense as a “switch” for the light-generating polypeptide moiety, i.e., when the ligand binds to the ligand binding site, the light-generating polypeptide moiety emits light, or alternately, ceases to do so upon ligand binding.
- the “switching” on or off may be done by means of a “colinear effector site” which includes regions of the light-generating polypeptide moiety that, when acted on by events subsequent to ligand binding, cause the light-generating polypeptide moiety to change its present light-emitting state (i.e., on or off).
- the regions making up the colinear effector site may do this by, e.g., conformational distortion, chemical modification, e.g., ubiquitination of a residue or residues in the colinear effector site, or by cleavage of a portion of all or part of the colinear effector site.
- the invention further provides methods for testing putative inhibitor compounds for activity (“screening”) in promoting HIF stabilization, e.g.; contacting the compound, ischemic tissue, and the fusion protein of the invention under conditions appropriate to detect the fusion protein if the compound promotes HIF stabilization.
- the method also referred to herein as a “screening assay” can be used for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that promote HIF stabilization.
- the invention also includes compounds identified in the screening assays described herein, and pharmaceutical compositions for treatments as described herein.
- modulators of activity or latency of, or predisposition to disorders may be identified by administering a test compound to a test animal at increased risk for a disorder (e.g., cancer, diabetes, heart disease, stroke, or a hypoxia-related disorder), wherein the test animal recombinantly expresses a light generating fusion protein comprising a ligand binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the light generation of the light-generating fusion protein changes upon binding of a ligand at the ligand binding site, and the ligand binding site recognizes a ligand on an entity associated with a disorder, or a product of the disorder; allowing for localization of the light-generating fusion protein and an entity, wherein contact between the ligand binding site and a ligand associated with the disorder causes a modification of a colinear effector site which alters the light generation of the light-generating polypeptide moiety; detecting the luminescence of the light
- the invention advantageously may be used to non-invasively determine the effects of an anti-hypoxic compound in vivo.
- Localization of the light-generating fusion protein or cell in hypoxic tissue in the subject (wherein contact between the ubiquitin ligase binding site and a ubiquitin ligase causes a modification of a colinear effector site which alters the light generation of the light-generating polypeptide moiety) is allowed to occur, and the ability of the candidate compound to inhibit hypoxia is determined, by measuring the luminescence of the localized light-generating fusion protein.
- the invention further relates to methods of identifying or detecting prolyl hydroxylation, wherein the substrate peptide (or polypeptide) is contacted with pVHL, wherein the amount of pVHL bound reflects the degree of hydroxylation.
- the peptide corresponds to HIF1a 555-575.
- the HIF peptide can be immobilized (for example, on a nitrocellulose filter or at the bottom of a 96 well plate) or free in solution. Binding to pVHL can be monitored using a variety of standard methods familiar to those skilled in the art.
- the invention relates to methods of identifying or detecting prolyl hydroxylation, wherein the substrate peptide or polypeptide is contacted with an antibody, wherein the amount of antibody bound reflects the degree of hydroxylation.
- the peptide corresponds to HIF1 ⁇ 555-575.
- the HIF peptide may be immobilized (for example, on a nitrocellulose filter or at the bottom of a 96 well plate) or free in solution. Binding to the antibody can be monitored using a variety of standard methods familiar to those skilled in the art.
- Yet another embodiment of the invention relates to methods of identifying or detecting prolyl hydroxylation wherein a polypeptide is translated in the presence of labeled, e.g., radioactive, proline and a prolyl hydroxylase, hydrolyzing the resulting labeled polypeptide, and detecting labeled hydroxyproline incorporation by analytical means, such as thin layer chromatography.
- labeled e.g., radioactive, proline and a prolyl hydroxylase
- a further embodiment of the invention relates to methods of identifying or detecting prolyl hydroxylation wherein the substrate peptide (or polypeptide) is contacted with a source of prolyl hydroxylase in the presence or absence of putative inhibitors, and the degree of prolyl hydroxylation is monitored as described in anyone of the above three paragraphs.
- the peptide corresponds to HIF1 ⁇ 555-575
- the prolyl hydroxylase consists of a mammalian cell extract.
- the peptide corresponds to HIF1 ⁇ 555-575 and the prolyl hydroxylase consists of purified or partially purified Eg19.
- particularly useful embodiments relate to small molecule inhibitors of prolyl hydroxylation such as identified using this method, and use of the inhibitors to treat diseases characterized by ischemia.
- test compounds of the invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the “one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
- biological libraries are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds. See, e.g., Lam, 1997. Anticancer Drug Design 12: 145.
- Modulation of prolyl hydroxylase has a variety of uses. Inhibiting prolyl hydroxylase may facilitate cell cycle progression and the production of a number of proteins which promote angiogenesis and/or promote cellular survival or cellular function in hypoxia, a desirable outcome in the treatment of certain clinical conditions, particularly ischemic conditions such as coronary, cerebral and vascular insufficiency.
- VHL used in assays of the invention may be any suitable mammalian VHL, particularly human VHL.
- Human VHL has been cloned and sources of the gene can be readily identified by those of ordinary skill in the art. Its sequence is available as Genbank accession numbers AF010238 and L15409. Other mammalian VHLs are also available, such as murine VHL (accession number U12570) and rat (accession numbers U14746 and S80345).
- Non-mammalian homologues include the VHL-like protein of C. elegans, accession number F08G12.
- VHL gene sequences may also be obtained by routine cloning techniques, for example by using all or part of the human VHL gene sequence as a probe to recover and to determine the sequence of the VHL gene in other species.
- routine cloning techniques for example by using all or part of the human VHL gene sequence as a probe to recover and to determine the sequence of the VHL gene in other species.
- a wide variety of techniques are available for this, for example, PCR amplification and cloning of the gene using a suitable source of mRNA (e.g., from an embryo or a liver cell), obtaining a cDNA library from a mammalian, vertebrate, invertebrate or fungal source, e.g., a cDNA library from one of the above-mentioned sources, probing the library with a polynucleotide of the invention under stringent conditions, and recovering a cDNA encoding all or part of the VHL protein of that mammal.
- Suitable stringent conditions include hybridization on a solid support (filter) overnight incubation at 420° C. in a solution containing 50% formamide, 5 ⁇ SSC (750 mM NaC1, 75 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5 ⁇ Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate and 20 ⁇ g/m1 salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing in 0.03 M sodium chloride and 0.03 M sodium citrate (i.e. 0.2 ⁇ SSC) at from about 50° C. to about 60° C.).
- 5 ⁇ SSC 750 mM NaC1, 75 mM sodium citrate
- 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.6
- 5 ⁇ Denhardt's solution 10% dextran sulfate and 20 ⁇ g/m1 salmon sperm DNA
- 0.03 M sodium chloride and 0.03 M sodium citrate i.e. 0.2 ⁇ SSC
- Fragments of the VHL may be used, provided such fragments retain the ability to interact with the target domain of the HIF ⁇ subunit.
- Fragments of VHL may be generated in any suitable way known to those of skill in the art. Suitable ways include, but are not limited to, recombinant expression of a fragment of the DNA encoding the VHL. Such fragments may be generated by taking DNA encoding the VHL, identifying suitable restriction enzyme recognition sites either side of the portion to be expressed, and cutting out that portion from the DNA. The portion may then be operably linked to a suitable promoter in a standard commercially available expression system.
- VHL VHL
- peptide synthesis methods which are well known in the art.
- fragments will be at least 40, preferably at least 50, 60, 70, 80 or 100 amino acids in size.
- the HIF ⁇ subunit protein may be any human or other mammalian protein, or fragment thereof which has the ability to bind to a wild type full length VHL protein, such that the binding is able, in a normoxic cellular environment, to target the a subunit for destruction.
- HIF ⁇ subunit proteins have been cloned. These include HIF1 ⁇ , the sequence of which is available as Genbank accession number U22431, HIF2 ⁇ , available as Genbank accession number U81984 and HIF3 ⁇ , available as Genbank accession numbers AC007193 and AC079154. These are all human HIF ⁇ subunit proteins. HIF ⁇ subunit proteins from other species, including murine HIF1 ⁇ (accession numbers AF003695, US9496 and X95580), rat HIF1 ⁇ (accession number Y09507), murine HIF2 ⁇ (accession numbers U81983 and D89787) and murine HIF3 ⁇ (accession number AF060194). Other mammalian, vertebrate, invertebrate or fungal homologues may be obtained by techniques similar to those described above for obtaining VHL homologues.
- Variants of the HIF ⁇ subunits may be used, such as synthetic variants which have at least 45% amino acid identity to a naturally occurring HIF ⁇ subunit (particularly a human HIF ⁇ subunit), preferably at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 98% identity.
- Fragments of the HIF ⁇ subunit protein and its variants may be used, provided that the fragments retain the ability to interact with a wild-type VHL, preferably wild-type human VHL.
- Such fragments are desirably at least 20, preferably at least 40, 50, 75, 100, 200, 250 or 400 amino acids in size. Alternately, such fragments may be 12 to 14 amino acids in size, or as small as four amino acids. Most desirably such fragments include the region 555-575 found in human HIF1 ⁇ or its equivalent regions in other HIF ⁇ subunit proteins.
- the fragments also include one or more domains of the protein responsible for transactivation.
- Reference herein to a HIF ⁇ subunit protein includes the above mentioned mutants and fragments which are functionally able to bind VHL protein unless the context is explicitly to the contrary.
- the percentage homology (also referred to as identity) of DNA and amino acid sequences can be calculated using commercially available algorithms.
- the following programs may be used to determine homologies: BLAST, gapped BLAST and PSI-BLAST, which may be used with default parameters.
- GAP Genetics Computer Group, Madison, Wis.
- GAP uses the Needleman and Wunsch algorithm to align two complete sequences that maximizes the number of matches and minimizes the number of gaps.
- the precise format of the screening assays may be varied using routine skill and knowledge.
- the amount of VHL, HIF ⁇ subunit and, where required, further components may be varied depending upon the scale of the assay.
- the person of skill in the art will select relatively equimolar amounts of the two components, say from 1:10 to 100:1, preferably from 1:1 to 10:1 molar ratio of VHL to HIF ⁇ subunit.
- relatively equimolar amounts of the two components say from 1:10 to 100:1, preferably from 1:1 to 10:1 molar ratio of VHL to HIF ⁇ subunit.
- the cells may be treated to provide or enhance a normoxic environment.
- normoxic levels of oxygen similar to those found in normal air, e.g. about 21% O 2 and 5% CO 2 , the balance being nitrogen. Of course, these exact proportions do not have to be used, and may be varied independently of each other. Generally a range of from 10-30% oxygen, 1-10% CO 2 and a balance of nitrogen or other relatively inert and non-toxic gas may be used.
- Normoxia may be induced or enhanced in cells, for example by culturing the cells in the presence of hydrogen peroxide as described above.
- cells may also be cultured under hypoxic conditions.
- hypoxic it is meant an environment with reduced levels of oxygen. Most preferably oxygen levels in cell culture will be 0.1 to 1.0% for the provision of a hypoxic state. Hypoxia may be induced in cells simply by culturing the cells in the presence of lowered oxygen levels. The cells may also be treated with compounds which mimic hypoxia and cause up regulation of HIF ⁇ subunit expression. Such compounds include iron chelators, cobalt (II), nickel (II) or manganese (II), all of which may be used at a concentration of 20 to 500 ⁇ M, such as 100 ⁇ M. Iron chelators include desferrioxamine, O-phenanthroline or hydroxypyridinones (e.g. 1,2-diethyl hydroxypyridinone (CP94) or 1,2-dimethyl hydroxypyridinone (CP20).
- II cobalt
- II nickel
- II manganese
- Iron chelators include desferrioxamine, O-
- Cells in which assays of the invention may be preformed include eukaryotic cells, such as yeast, insect, mammalian, primate and human cells.
- Mammalian cells may be primary cells or transformed cells, including tumor cell lines.
- the cells may be modified to express or not to express other proteins which are known to interact with HIF (x subunit proteins and VHL protein, for example Elongin C and Elongin B proteins in the case of VHL and ARNT protein, in the case of HIF ⁇ subunit protein.)
- HIF x subunit proteins and VHL protein, for example Elongin C and Elongin B proteins in the case of VHL and ARNT protein, in the case of HIF ⁇ subunit protein.
- additional proteins may be included, for example by being provided by expression from suitable recombinant expression vectors.
- VHL and HIF ⁇ subunit may be varied within fairly wide limits, so that the intracellular levels of the two may vary by a wide ratio, for example from 1:10 to 1000:1, preferably 1:1 to 100:1, molar ratio of VHL to HIF ⁇ subunit.
- putative modulator compound which may be added to an assay of the invention will normally be determined by trial and error depending upon the type of compound used. Typically, from about 0.01 to 100 ⁇ M concentrations of putative modulator compound may be used, for example from 0.1 to 10 ⁇ M.
- Modulator compounds may be those which either agonize or antagonize the interaction. Antagonists (inhibitors) of the interaction are particularly desirable.
- Modulator compounds which may be used may be natural or synthetic chemical compounds used in drug screening programs. Extracts of plants which contain several characterized or uncharacterized components may also be used.
- the invention provides methods for determining hypoxic conditions, cancer or infection in an individual to thereby select appropriate therapeutic or prophylactic agents for that individual (referred to herein as “pharmacogenomics”).
- Pharmacogenomics allows for the selection of agents (e.g., drugs) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of an individual based on the genotype of the individual (e.g., the genotype of the individual examined to determine the ability of the individual to respond to a particular agent.)
- agents e.g., drugs
- Yet another aspect of the invention pertains to monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on hypoxic conditions, cancer or infection in clinical trials.
- the diagnostic methods described herein can furthermore be utilized to identify subjects having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with hypoxic conditions, cancer or infection.
- the prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject should be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with hypoxic conditions, cancer or infection.
- an agent e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate
- the selection of a light-generating polypeptide moiety of the light-generating fusion protein should be done so as to produce light capable of penetrating animal tissue such that it can be detected externally in a non-invasive manner.
- the ability of light to pass through a medium such as animal tissue (composed mostly of water) is determined primarily by the light's intensity and wavelength.
- the intensity of light produced in a unit volume depends on the spectral characteristics of individual light-generating polypeptide moieties, and on the concentration of those moieties in the unit volume. Accordingly, schemes that place a high concentration of light-generating polypeptide moieties in or on an entity (such as high-efficiency loading of a liposome or high-level expression of a light-generating fusion protein in a cell) typically produce brighter light-generating fusion proteins (LGPs), which are easier to detect through deeper layers of tissue, than schemes which conjugate, for example, only a single LGM onto each entity.
- LGPs light-generating fusion proteins
- a second factor governing detectability through a layer of tissue is the wavelength of the emitted light.
- Water may be used to approximate the absorption characteristics of animal tissue, since most tissues are composed primarily of water. It is well known that water transmits longer-wavelength light (in the red range) more readily than it does shorter wavelength light.
- light-generating polypeptide moieties which emit light in the range of yellow to red (550-1100 nm) are typically preferable to those which emit at shorter wavelengths.
- excellent results can be achieved in practicing the present invention with LGMs that emit in the range of 486 nm, despite the fact that this is not an optimal emission wavelength.
- fluorescent molecules require input of light in order to luminesce, their use in the invention may be more involved than the use of bioluminescent molecules. Precautions are typically taken to shield the excitatory light so as not to contaminate the fluorescence photon signal being detected from the subject. Obvious precautions include the placement of an excitation filter at the radiation source. An appropriately-selected excitation filter blocks the majority of photons having a wavelength similar to that of the photons emitted by the fluorescent moiety. Similarly, a barrier filter is employed at the detector to screen out most of the photons having wavelengths other than that of the fluorescence photons. Filters such as those described above can be obtained from a variety of commercial sources, including Omega Optical, Inc. (Brattleboro, Vt.).
- a laser producing high intensity light near the appropriate excitation wavelength, but not near the fluorescence emission wavelength, can be used to excite the fluorescent moieties.
- An x-y translation mechanism may be employed so that the laser can scan the subject, for example, as in a confocal microscope.
- the radiation source may be placed behind the subject and shielded, such that the only radiation photons reaching the site of the detector are those that pass all the way through the subject.
- detectors may be selected that have a reduced sensitivity to wavelengths of light used to excite the fluorescent moiety.
- fluorescent molecules are less likely to interfere with the bioactivity of the entity to which they are attached than would a larger light-generating moiety.
- commercially-available fluorescent molecules can be obtained with a variety of excitation and emission spectra that are suitable for use with the present invention.
- Molecular Probes (Eugene, Oreg.) sells a number of fluorophores, including Lucifer Yellow (abs. at 428 nm, and emits at 535 nm) and Nile Red (abs. at 551 nm and emits at 636 nm).
- the molecules can be obtained derivatized with a variety of groups for use with various conjugation schemes (e.g., from Molecular Probes).
- chemiluminescence luminescence as a result of a chemical reaction
- bioluminescence visible luminescence from living organisms
- bioluminescent moieties over fluorescent moieties is that there is virtually no background in the signal.
- the only light detected is light that is produced by the exogenous bioluminescent moiety.
- the light used to excite a fluorescent molecule often results in the fluorescence of substances other than the intended target. This is particularly true when the “background” is as complex as the internal environment of a living animal.
- Ligands include, in a preferred embodiment, enzymes which are capable of modifying a light-generating polypeptide moiety such that it does or ceases to emit light when modified. In use, this happens when, e.g., the light-generating fusion protein comes in contact with a ligand on an entity or produced by the entity, and the ligand binds to the ligand binding site, altering the light-generating properties of the light-generating polypeptide moiety. Examples include the following.
- a light-generating fusion protein comprising a binding site for an E3 ubiquitin ligase and a light-generating polypeptide moiety capable of being modified by E3 at a modification site
- Ubiquitin ligases e.g., E3
- bind to colinear ‘T’ see FIG. 1
- examples include the SCF (Skp1/Cdc53/F-box) ubiquitin ligases, the VBC (pVHL/elongin B/elongin C) ubiquitin ligase, and the MDM2 ubiquitin ligase.
- a light-generating fusion protein of the invention may be used to monitor ischemia in living tissues and animals.
- the First embodiment comprises a polypeptide derived from the HIF ⁇ (hypoxia-inducible factor 1 ⁇ ) which acts as a binding site for VBC. This binding site is only recognized by VBC in the presence of oxygen as a result of proline hydroxylation.
- the light-generating fusion protein of the First embodiment is advantageously stable in hypoxic cells, but unstable in well oxygenated cells.
- the HIF-derived polypeptide described above may be fused to a suicide moiety such as a protein (such as HSV TK or an adenoviral protein like E1A), which can be used in selective killing of ischemic cells (such as in a solid tumor).
- Binding and/or modification sites are well-known in the art for a variety of kinases including cyclin-dependent kinases, ATM/ATR, JNK kinases, and receptor tyrosine kinases.
- a light-generating fusion protein may be fused to a binding site for a kinase of interest. In some embodiments, it is useful to introduce one or more binding sites for a selected kinase into the light-generating fusion protein.
- the modification site can be empirically determined by carrying out a linker scan of the light-generating protein using a linker encoding the kinase modification site.
- the light-generating polypeptide moiety is mutagenized (either random or targeted mutagenesis) to generate modification sites in which the light-generating polypeptide moiety is selectively inactivated or activated by the kinase; this mutagenesis is performed using cells (such as yeast) rendered conditional for the kinase.
- a kinase modification site is designed in silico based on comparison of the binding site of the selected kinase to the primary sequence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety, coupled with knowledge of the three dimensional structure of the light-generating polypeptide moiety.
- a light-generating polypeptide moiety is fused to a polypeptide recognized by a cyclin/cdk2 complex.
- This enzyme phosphorylates serine or threonine with an absolute requirement for proline in the +1 position.
- GFP contains 13 proline residues including one threonine-proline site and two aspartic acid-proline sites.
- a light-generating protein e.g., GFP
- GFP is fused to a cyclin/cdk2 binding site such as Y-Lys-X 1 -Leu-K-X 2 -Leu-Y′ (SEQ ID NO.9).
- the light-generating protein is phosphorylated and inactivated by cyclin/cdk2, providing a detectable signal which is selectively off in the presence of cyclin/cdk2.
- the light-generating polypeptide moiety is mutated so that it is not phosphorylated and activated by cyclin/cdk2.
- An example of this mutation would be to mutate the two aspartic acid-proline sites to serine (or threonine)-prolines.
- the ligand binding site is a polypeptide recognized by a cyclin/cdk2 complex, e.g., comprising the amino acid sequence Y-Lys-X 1 -Leu-K-X 2 -Leu-Y′, wherein X 1 , X 2 , are independently any one or more amino acids; and Y and Y′ are independently present or absent and, if present, independently comprise a peptide having from 1 to 600 amino acids.
- the ligand binding site comprises the amino acid sequence Y-X 1 -Arg-Arg-Leu-Y′, wherein X 1 is Lys or Cys; and Y and Y′ are independently present or absent and, if present, independently comprise a peptide having from 1 to 600 amino acids.
- Two non-limiting examples of the target peptide of this related aspect of this additional embodiment are: E2F1: GRPPVKRRLDLE (SEQ ID NO: 2); derived from the E2F1 protein, and p21: CCSKACRRLFGP (SEQ ID NO: 3), derived from the p21 protein.
- the fusion protein of this additional embodiment can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques, discussed supra.
- the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this additional embodiment is derived from the retinoblastoma (RB) protein. Adams, et al., 1999 Mol. Cell Biol. 19:1068 describes RB protein.
- An RB polypeptide comprises 928 amino acid residues.
- this ligand binding site comprises a unique cyclin binding domain derived from RB.
- Y comprises between 1 and 900 amino acid residues, preferably corresponding to the sequence of “N-terminal” RB amino acid residues 1-868.
- Y can represent any sequence of N-terminal amino acids of RB, for example residues 794-829, and so on up to and including residues 1-868.
- Y′ can also comprise between 1 and 600 amino acid residues, preferably corresponding to the sequence of “C-terminal” RB amino acid residues 879-928.
- Y′ can represent any sequence of C-terminal amino acids of RB, for example 879-910, and so on up to and including residues 879-928.
- Y and Y′ can also contain conservative substitutions of amino acids present in the N-terminal and C-terminal RB sequences described above.
- Y and Y′ are absent.
- the light-generating fusion protein of this additional embodiment provides a way for detecting “cancerous tissue” or tissue subject to aberrant cell proliferation and therefore at risk for cancer.
- tissue that becomes cancerous due to an in situ neoplasm for example, the light-generating fusion protein also provides a method of detecting cancerous metastatic tissue present in distal organs and/or tissues.
- tissue may be detected by contacting tissue suspected of being cancerous with the light-generating fusion protein under appropriate conditions to cause the phosphorylation of the light-generating fusion protein in cancerous tissue, thereby detecting the presence of cancerous tissue.
- the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this embodiment provides a binding site for cyclin-cyclin-dependent kinase (cdk) complexes which phosphorylate the protein, causing it to emit or not emit light in the presence of active cycle-cdk complexes.
- cdk cyclin-cyclin-dependent kinase
- the light-generating fusion protein will therefore be phosphorylated or inactive in tissue that is not cancerous, and unphosphorylated and preserving its light-emitting properties in tissue that is cancerous, e.g. primary and metastatic tissue.
- a light-generating polypeptide moiety is fused to a polypeptide recognized by a cyclin/cdk2 complex.
- This enzyme phosphorylates serine or threonine with an absolute requirement for proline in the +1 position.
- GFP contains 13 proline residues including one threonine-proline site and two aspartic acid-proline sites.
- a light-generating protein e.g., GFP
- GFP is fused to a cyclin/cdk2 binding site such as Y-Lys-X 1 -Leu-K-X 2 -Leu-Y′ (SEQ ID NO.9).
- the light-generating protein is phosphorylated and inactivated by cyclin/cdk2, providing a detectable signal which is selectively off in the presence of cyclin/cdk2.
- the light-generating polypeptide moiety is mutated so that it is not phosphorylated and activated by cyclin/cdk2.
- An example of this mutation would be to mutate the two aspartic acid-proline sites to serine (or threonine)-prolines.
- phosphorylation is one of the most important ways to posttranslationally modify proteins, and it regulates diverse cell physiological processes (transport, proliferation, differentiation). For example, phosphorylation is involved in all phases of cell division: in transition from G1 to S phase, progression of cells during S phase and entry into M phase. The physiological function of oncoproteins and tumor suppressor proteins that are involved in gene expression and replication are also regulated by phosphorylation. Many growth factors and their receptors are encoded by oncogenes which are mutated or overexpressed in a variety of human tumors. Mutation or overexpression of these oncogenes leads to unchecked cell division, and transformation of normal cells to malignant.
- a light-generating fusion protein may include a phosphatase binding site and a modification site, such as a phosphorylated amino acid residue capable of being modified by a protein “phosphatase”.
- a light-generating fusion protein may include a protease binding site and a modification site capable of being cleaved by the protease.
- the binding site and modification site may be the same site or in two discrete regions.
- linker scanning mutagenesis of a given light-generating protein is carried out using a linker that encodes the congruent binding/modification site.
- Resulting mutants are those light-generating fusion proteins containing a binding/modification site that preserves light-emitting activity in protease deficient cells and exhibits protease sensitivity in vitro and in vivo.
- a light-generating fusion protein containing an HIV protease site is especially useful for monitoring the presence or absence of HIV (in this case, with HIV-positive cells not emitting light).
- the light-generating fusion protein is fused via a linker to a protein that inhibits the light-emitting activity of the light-generating polypeptide moiety.
- the linker includes a binding/modification site for an HIV protease.
- an embodiment of the fusion protein of the invention contains a ligand binding site “T”, a reporter domain (e.g., light-generating polypeptide moiety) “R”, and a modification site “X”. Binding of enzyme “E” (the ligand) to target site “T” results in a modification of modification site “X”, which causes the reporter domain “R” to either emit or not emit light.
- a reporter domain e.g., light-generating polypeptide moiety
- the site “T” and modification site “X” may be separate and in cis on the fusion protein, as shown in FIG. 1B . Either “T” or “X” can be proximal or distal to the amino terminus of the fusion protein.
- the congruent “T/X” can be at the amino terminus, the carboxy terminus, or at neither terminus of the fusion protein.
- the “T” is on a protein associated with the fusion protein containing the “X”.
- target site “T” is on the fusion protein and modification site “X” is on a protein that is physically associated with the fusion protein, wherein modification of the associated protein results in the fusion protein either emitting or not emitting light.
- site “T” and modification site “X” are not intended to be limiting. “T” can be at the amino terminus, the carboxy terminus, or at neither terminus of the fusion protein, and “X” can be at the amino terminus, the carboxy terminus, or at neither terminus of the associated protein.
- the invention also includes a fusion protein in which the ligand binding site sequence “T” is unknown.
- the fusion protein includes a first hetero- or homo-dimerization domain (“HD1”).
- An enzyme “E” capable of modifying modification site “X” on the fusion protein is fused to a second hetero- or homo-dimerization domain “HD2” that interacts with “HD1”.
- the targeting site “T” for an enzyme “E” can be generated by inserting one or more polypeptide sequences derived from a random or non-random peptide library into the fusion protein.
- a binding domain of a protein “A” containing an enzyme target site “T” interacts with a binding domain “B” of a fusion protein, which results in enzyme “E” modifying the reporter domain “R” of fusion protein “B” at modification site “X” such that the fusion protein does or does not emit light or cause light to be emitted.
- the ligand binding site comprises a polypeptide derived from the HIF1 ⁇ (hypoxia-inducible factor 1 ⁇ ) which acts as a binding site for VBC, e.g., the amino acid sequence Y-X 1 -Leu-X 2 -Pro h -X 3 -X 4 -X 5 -X 6 -Y′, wherein Pro h is hydroxylated proline; X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , and X 6 are amino acids selected so as to not modify or alter VHL binding properties.
- HIF1 ⁇ hyperoxia-inducible factor 1 ⁇
- X 1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 , and X 6 are desirably independently Gly, Ala, Val, Leu, Ile, Pro, Met, Phe, or Trp, and X 3 is desirably Ser, Thr, or Tyr; and Y and Y′ are independently present or absent and, if present, independently comprise a peptide having from 1 to 600 amino acids.
- the ligand binding site comprises the amino acid sequence corresponding to the N-terminal residues 1-600 of HIF1 ⁇ , wherein either or both of residues 402 and 564 are proline or hydroxylated proline.
- the ligand binding site comprises an 80 to 120, 20 to 30, 12 to 14, or 4 to 12 amino acid sequence corresponding to the residues adjacent to and/or surrounding residue 402 and/or 564, inclusive, of HIF1 ⁇ , wherein residues 402 and/or 564 is proline or hydroxylated proline. “Residues adjacent to and/or surrounding” is meant to include the relevant sequence of HIF1 ⁇ either before, after, or flanking, the specified residue, e.g., residue 564.
- the fusion proteins may be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
- the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
- PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, e.g., Ausubel et al. (eds.) CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, 1992).
- HIF1 ⁇ protein The ligand binding site noted above is derived from HIF1 ⁇ protein.
- HIF is composed of subunits HIF1 ⁇ and an isoform HIF1 ⁇ .
- HIF1 ⁇ polypeptide comprises 826 amino acid residues.
- the ligand binding sites of this particular fusion protein comprises a unique ubiquitin ligase binding domain derived from HIF1 ⁇ .
- Y comprises between 1 and 600 amino acid residue, preferably corresponding to the sequence of “N-terminal” HIF1 ⁇ amino acid residues 1-555.
- Y can represent any sequence of N-terminal amino acids of HIF1 ⁇ , for example residues 554-555, 553-555, 552-555, and so on up to and including residues 1-555.
- Y′ can also comprises between 1 and 600 amino acid residues, preferably corresponding to the sequence of “C-terminal” HIF1 ⁇ amino acid residues 576-826.
- Y′ can represent any sequence of C-terminal amino acids of HIF1 ⁇ , for example 576-577, 576-578, 576-579, and so on up to and including residues 576-826.
- Y and Y′ can also contain conservative substitutions of amino acids present in the N-terminal and C-terminal HIF1 ⁇ sequences described above.
- Y and Y′ are absent.
- X 1 is Met
- X 2 is Leu
- X 3 is Ala
- X 4 is Tyr
- X 5 is Pro
- X 6 is Met.
- the ligand binding site has the amino acid sequence Asp-Leu-Asp-Leu-Glu-Met-Leu-Ala-Pro h -Tyr-Ile-Pro-Met-Asp-Asp-Asp-Phe-Gln-Leu-Arg, corresponding to HIF1 ⁇ amino acid residues 556-575, with a hydroxylated proline at amino acid residue 564.
- the invention also provides a nucleic acid molecule encoding the fusion protein or polypeptide of the invention.
- nucleic acid molecule encoding the fusion protein or polypeptide of the invention.
- isolated nucleic acid molecule is one that is separated from other nucleic acid molecules that are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. Examples of isolated nucleic acid molecules include, but are not limited to, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector, recombinant DNA molecules maintained in a heterologous host cell, partially or substantially purified nucleic acid molecules, and synthetic DNA or RNA molecules.
- an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
- a nucleic acid of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques.
- the nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis.
- oligonucleotides corresponding to the nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer.
- the present invention therefore also provides a vector comprising the nucleic acid of the invention.
- the vector further comprises a promoter operably linked to the nucleic acid molecule.
- the invention provides a cell containing the vector of the invention.
- the light-generating fusion protein of, e.g., the First embodiment provides a means for detecting hypoxic tissue or tissue subject to chronic hypoxia and therefore at risk for ischemia.
- the fusion protein also provides a method of detecting ischemic tissue present in tumors.
- the invention may be used to detect such tissue by contacting tissue suspected of being hypoxic with the light-generating fusion protein under appropriate conditions to cause the ubiquitination of the fusion protein in normoxic tissue, thereby detecting the presence of hypoxic tissue.
- the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein also provides a binding site for ubiquitin ligases which destroy the protein in the presence of oxygen.
- the light-generating fusion protein of the invention will therefore be “unstable” or destroyed in tissue that is not hypoxic, i.e., that is well oxygenated, and “stable” or preserving its light-emitting properties in tissue that is hypoxic, i.e. that lacks sufficient oxygen.
- the Third embodiment provides a means for detecting “infected tissue” or tissue subject to contact with infectious agents and therefore at risk for infection, e.g., monitoring the presence or absence of HIV.
- the ligand binding site of the Third embodiment comprises a binding site for a protease, such as an infection-associated protease.
- protease cleavage sites of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV-1) protein precursor Pr55 (gag) protein include p2/NC, NC/p1, and NC/TFP.
- the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this Third embodiment may be derived from the HIV-1 protein.
- One non-limiting example of the target peptide of this Third embodiment is: Y-GSGIF*LETSL-Y′ (See Beck et al., (2000) Virology 274(2):391-401).
- Y and Y′ are independently present or absent and, if present, independently comprise a peptide having from 1 to 600 amino acids, and “*” indicates the cleavage site of the fusion protein by a protease.
- the light-generating fusion protein may be used in detecting infected tissue present in distal organs and/or tissues, e.g., by contacting tissue suspected of being infected with the light-generating fusion protein of the invention under appropriate conditions to cause the proteolysis of the light-generating fusion protein in infected tissue, thereby detecting the presence of infected tissue.
- the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this Third embodiment provides a binding site for a protease which degrades or modifies the protein, causing it to emit or not emit light in the presence of one or more proteases.
- the light-generating fusion protein will therefore be proteolyzed or inactive in tissue that is infected (although there may be cases where proteolysis leads to light generation), and unproteolyzed and preserving its light-emitting properties in tissue that is infected.
- a Fourth embodiment of a light-generating fusion protein of the invention comprises a light-generating protein moiety and a ligand binding site, wherein the ligand binding site comprises an amino acid sequence capable of binding to an “associated” protein.
- the association can occur by covalent or non-covalent binding.
- This associated protein may itself be a light-generating fusion protein, comprising a binding polypeptide capable of binding to the light-emitting light-generating fusion protein and an enzyme capable of modifying the light-emitting light-generating fusion protein.
- a non-limiting example of the target peptide of this Fourth embodiment is: HD1: WFHGKLSR (Amino acids 488-495 of Accession No. P29353, human SHC1; SEQ ID NO: 4).
- This target polypeptide contains an SH2 domain. Therefore, any associated protein with an SH2 domain should interact with the target peptide of the Fourth embodiment.
- a non-limiting example of the binding peptide of the associated protein of this Fourth embodiment is: HD2: WNVGSSNR (Amino acids 624-631 of Accession No. P27986; human PI3K p85 subunit; SEQ ID NO: 5).
- Another non-limiting example of the Fourth embodiment would be to fuse the FK506 binding protein (FKBP12) domain moiety to GFP and the FRAP domain moiety to Skp1 or elonginC. Therefore in the presence of rapamycin, which promotes the high affinity interaction of FKBP12 and FRAP, the core E3 ligase machinery would bind to and destroy GFP, eliminating the bioluminescence wherever rapamycin is present.
- the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this Fourth embodiment is derived from the human SHC1 proteinprotein. See Pelicci et al., (1992) Cell 70:93-104, describes the SHC1 protein with an SH2 domain which is implicated in mitogenic signal transduction.
- the light-generating fusion protein of this Fourth embodiment provides a means for detecting enzymatic activity where the enzyme binding site is undefined.
- compositions of the invention comprise the novel agents combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is incorporated herein by reference. Preferred examples of such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, saline, finger's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
- routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (i.e., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
- Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfate; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
- the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
- the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM(BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
- the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
- an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
- a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
- a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
- the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
- penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
- penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
- Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
- the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- suppositories e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides
- retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- the materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
- Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
- the invention includes entities which may have been modified or conjugated to include a light-generating fusion protein of the invention.
- Such conjugated or modified entities are referred to as light-emitting entities, or simply conjugates.
- the conjugates themselves may take the form of, for example, molecules, macromolecules, particles, microorganisms, or cells.
- the methods used to conjugate a light-generating fusion protein to an entity depend on the nature of the light-generating fusion protein and the entity. Exemplary conjugation methods are discussed in the context of the entities described below.
- Small molecule entities which may be useful in the present invention include compounds which specifically interact with a pathogen or an endogenous ligand or receptor.
- examples of such molecules include, but are not limited to, drugs or therapeutic compounds; toxins, such as those present in the venoms of poisonous organisms, including certain species of spiders, snakes, scorpions, dinoflagellates, marine snails and bacteria; growth factors, such as NGF, PDGF, TGF and TNF; cytokines; and bioactive peptides.
- the small molecules are preferably conjugated to light-generating fusion proteins in a way that that the bioactivity of the small molecule is not substantially affected. Conjugations are typically chemical in nature, and can be performed by any of a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art.
- Small molecules conjugated to light-generating fusion proteins of the present invention may be used either in animal models of human conditions or diseases, or directly in human subjects to be treated.
- a small molecule which binds with high affinity to receptor expressed on tumor cells may be used in an animal model to localize and obtain size estimates of tumors, and to monitor changes in tumor growth or metastasis following treatment with a putative therapeutic agent.
- Such molecules may also be used to monitor tumor characteristics, as described above, in cancer patients.
- Macromolecules such as polymers and biopolymers, constitute another example of entities useful in practicing the present invention.
- Exemplary macromolecules include antibodies, antibody fragments, light-generating fusion proteins and certain vector constructs.
- Antibodies or antibody fragments purchased from commercial sources or made by methods known in the art, can be used to localize their antigen in a mammalian subject by conjugating the antibodies to a light-generating polypeptide moiety, administering the conjugate to a subject by, for example, injection, allowing the conjugate to localize to the site of the antigen, and imaging the conjugate.
- Antibodies and antibody fragments have several advantages for use as entities in the present invention. By their nature, they constitute their own targeting moieties. Further, their size makes them amenable to conjugation with several types of light-generating fusion proteins, including small fluorescent molecules and fluorescent and bioluminescent proteins, yet allows them to diffuse rapidly relative to, for example, cells or liposomes.
- the light-generating fusion proteins can be conjugated directly to the antibodies or fragments, or indirectly by using, for example, a fluorescent secondary antibody. Direct conjugation can be accomplished by standard chemical coupling of, for example, a fluorophore to the antibody or antibody fragment, or through genetic engineering. Chimeras, or fusion proteins, can be constructed which contain an antibody or antibody fragment coupled to a fluorescent or bioluminescent protein.
- Casadei, et al. describe a method of making a vector construct capable of expressing a fusion protein of aequorin and an antibody gene in mammalian cells.
- Conjugates containing antibodies can be used in a number of applications of the present invention.
- a labeled antibody directed against E-selection which is expressed at sites of inflammation, can be used to localize the inflammation and to monitor the effects of putative anti-inflammatory agents.
- Vector constructs by themselves can also constitute macromolecular entities applicable to the present invention.
- a eukaryotic expression vector can be constructed which contains a therapeutic gene and a gene encoding a light-generating molecule under the control of a selected promoter (i.e., a promoter which is expressed in the cells targeted by the therapeutic gene).
- a selected promoter i.e., a promoter which is expressed in the cells targeted by the therapeutic gene.
- Expression of the light-generating molecule assayed using methods of the present invention, can be used to determine the location and level of expression of the therapeutic gene. This approach may be particularly useful in cases where the expression of the therapeutic gene has no immediate phenotype in the treated individual or animal model.
- viruses Another entity useful for certain aspects of the invention are viruses. As many viruses are pathogens which infect mammalian hosts, the viruses may be conjugated to a light-generating fusion protein and used to study the initial site and spread of infection. In addition, viruses labeled with a light-generating fusion protein may be used to screen for drugs which inhibit the infection or the spread of infection.
- a virus may be labeled indirectly, either with an antibody conjugated to a light-generating fusion protein, or by, example, biotinylating virions as known in the art and then exposing them to streptavidin linked to a detectable moiety, such as a fluorescent molecule.
- virions may be labeled directly with a fluorophore like rhodamine, using methods known in the art.
- the virus can also be genetically engineered to express a light-generating fusion protein.
- Labeled virus can be used in animal models to localize and monitor the progression of infection, as well as to screen for drugs effective to inhibit the spread of infection. For example, while herpes virus infections are manifested as skin lesions, this virus can also cause herpes encephalitis.
- Such an infection can be localized and monitored using a virus labeled by any of the methods described above, and various antiviral agents can be tested for efficacy in central nervous system (CNS) infections.
- CNS central nervous system
- Particles including beads, liposomes and the like, constitute another entity useful in the practice of the present invention. Due to their larger size, particles may be conjugated with a larger number of light-generating fusion proteins than, for example, can small molecules. This results in a higher concentration of light emission, which can be detected using shorter exposures or through thicker layers of tissue.
- liposomes can be constructed to contain an essentially pure targeting moiety, or ligand, such as an antigen or an antibody, on their surface. Further, the liposomes may be loaded with, for example, light-generating protein molecules, to relatively high concentrations.
- liposomes may be targeted to the same cell type such that light is generated only when both are present.
- one liposome may carry luciferase, while the other carries luciferin.
- the liposomes may carry targeting moieties, and the targeting moieties on the two liposomes may be the same or different.
- Viral proteins on infected cells can be used to identify infected tissues or organs. Cells of the immune system can be localized using a single or multiple cell surface markers.
- the liposomes are preferably surface-coated, e.g., by incorporation of phospholipid-polyethyleneglycol conjugates, to extend blood circulation time and allow for greater targeting via the bloodstream. Liposomes of this type are well known.
- Cells both prokaryotic and eukaryotic, constitute another entity useful in the practice of the present invention.
- cells can be loaded with relatively high concentrations of light-generating moieties, but have the advantage that the light-generating moieties can be provided by, for example, a heterologous genetic construct used to transfect the cells.
- cells can be selected that express “targeting moieties”, or molecules effective to target them to desired locations within the subject.
- the cells can be transfected with a vector construct expressing an appropriate targeting moiety.
- Bacterial cells can be used to study the infective process, and to evaluate the effects of drugs or therapeutic agents on infective process with a high level of temporal and spatial resolution.
- Bacterial cells constitute effective entities. For example, they can be easily transfected to express a high levels of a light-generating fusion protein, as well as high levels of a targeting protein.
- E. coli libraries containing bacteria expressing surface-bound antibodies which can be screened to identify a colony expressing an antibody against a selected antigen (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.).
- Bacteria from this colony can then be transformed with a second plasmid containing a gene for a light-generating protein, and transformants can be utilized in the methods of the present invention, as described above, to localize the antigen in a mammalian host.
- Pathogenic bacteria can be conjugated to a light-generating fusion protein and used in an animal model to follow the infection process in vivo and to evaluate potential anti-infective drugs, such as new antibiotics, for their efficacy in inhibiting the infection.
- Eukaryotic cells are also useful as entities in aspects of the present invention.
- Appropriate expression vectors, containing desired regulatory elements, are commercially available.
- the vectors can be used to generate constructs capable of expressing desired light-generating proteins in a variety of eukaryotic cells, including primary culture cells, somatic cells, lymphatic cells, etc.
- the cells can be used in transient expression studies, or, in the case of cell lines, can be selected for stable transformants.
- Expression of the light-generating protein in transformed cells can be regulated using any of a variety of selected promoters.
- a constitutively-active promoter such as the CMV or SV40 promoter may be used.
- Cells transformed with such a construct can also be used to assay for compounds that inhibit light generation, for example, by killing the cells.
- the transformed cells may be administered such they become uniformly distributed in the subject, and express the light-generating fusion protein only under certain conditions, such as upon infection by a virus or stimulation by a cytokine.
- Promoters that respond to factors associated with these and other stimuli are known in the art.
- inducible promoters such as the Tet system can be used to transiently activate expression of the light-generating protein.
- CD4+ lymphatic cells can be transformed with a construct containing tat-responsive HIV LTR elements, and used as an assay for infection by HIV.
- Cells transformed with such a construct can be introduced into SCID-hu mice and used as model for human HIV infection and AIDS.
- Tumor cell lines transformed to express the light-generating fusion protein may be used to monitor the growth and metastasis of tumors.
- Transformed tumor cells may be injected into an animal model, allowed to form a tumor mass, and the size and metastasis of the tumor mass monitored during treatment with putative growth or metastasis inhibitors.
- Tumor cells may also be generated from cells transformed with constructs containing regulatable promoters, whose activity is sensitive to various infective agents, or to therapeutic compounds.
- Transformation methods for both prokaryotic cells and eukaryotic cells are well known in the art.
- Vectors containing the appropriate regulatory elements and multiple cloning sites are widely commercially available (e.g., Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif., or Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.).
- the present invention includes transgenic animals containing a heterologous gene construct encoding a light-generating fusion protein or complex of proteins.
- the construct is driven by a selected promoter, and can include, for example, various accessory proteins required for the functional expression of the light-generating protein, as well as selection markers and enhancer elements.
- Activation of the promoter results in increased expression of the genes encoding the light-generating fusion proteins and accessory proteins. Activation of the promoter is achieved by the interaction of a selected biocompatible entity, or parts of the entity, with the promoter elements. If the activation occurs only in a part of the animal, only cells in that part will express the light-generating protein.
- Light-generating fusion proteins are typically administered to a subject by any of a variety of methods, allowed to localize within the subject, and imaged. Since the imaging, or measuring photon emission from the subject, may last up to tens of minutes, the subject is desirably immobilized during the imaging process. Imaging of the light-generating polypeptide moiety involves the use of, e.g., a photodetector capable of detecting extremely low levels of light—typically single photon events—and integrating photon emission until an image can be constructed. Examples of such sensitive photodetectors include devices that intensify the single photon events before the events are detected by a camera, and cameras (cooled, for example, with liquid nitrogen) that are capable of detecting single photons over the background noise inherent in a detection system.
- a photodetector capable of detecting extremely low levels of light—typically single photon events—and integrating photon emission until an image can be constructed. Examples of such sensitive photodetectors include devices that intensify the single photon events before the events are detected
- a photon emission image is generated, it is typically superimposed on a “normal” reflected light image of the subject to provide a frame of reference for the source of the emitted photons (i.e., localize the light-generating fusion proteins with respect to the subject). Such a “composite” image is then analyzed to determine the location and/or amount of a target in the subject.
- Light-generating fusion proteins that have localized to their intended sites in a subject may be imaged in a number of ways. Guidelines for such imaging, as well as specific examples, are described below.
- targeted conjugates that is, conjugates which contain a targeting moiety—a molecule or feature designed to localize the conjugate within a subject or animal at a particular site or sites
- localization refers to a state when an equilibrium between bound, “localized”, and unbound, “free” entities within a subject has been essentially achieved.
- the rate at which such an equilibrium is achieved depends upon the route of administration. For example, a conjugate administered by intravenous injection to localize thrombi may achieve localization, or accumulation at the thrombi, within minutes of injection. On the other hand, a conjugate administered orally to localize an infection in the intestine may take hours to achieve localization.
- localization may simply refer to the location of the entity within the subject or animal at selected time periods after the entity is administered.
- localization of, for example, injected tumors cells expressing a light-generating moiety may consist of the cells colonizing a site within the animal and forming a tumor mass.
- localization is achieved when an entity becomes distributed following administration.
- the conjugate in the case of a conjugate administered to measure the oxygen concentration in various organs throughout the subject or animal, the conjugate becomes “localized”, or informative, when it has achieved an essentially steady-state of distribution in the subject or animal.
- the “photodetector device” used should have a high enough sensitivity to enable the imaging of faint light from within a mammal in a reasonable amount of time, and to use the signal from such a device to construct an image.
- a pair of “night-vision” goggles or a standard high-sensitivity video camera such as a Silicon Intensified Tube (SIT) camera (e.g. Hammamatsu Photonic Systems, Bridgewater, N.J.), may be used. More typically, however, a more sensitive method of light detection is required.
- SIT Silicon Intensified Tube
- the photon flux per unit area becomes so low that the scene being imaged no longer appears continuous. Instead, it is represented by individual photons which are both temporally and spatially distinct form one another. Viewed on a monitor, such an image appears as scintillating points of light, each representing a single detected photon. By accumulating these detected photons in a digital image processor over time, an image can be acquired and constructed. In contrast to conventional cameras where the signal at each image point is assigned an intensity value, in photon counting imaging the amplitude of the signal carries no significance. The objective is to simply detect the presence of a signal (photon) and to count the occurrence of the signal with respect to its position over time.
- At least two types of photodetector devices can detect individual photons and generate a signal which can be analyzed by an image processor.
- Reduced-Noise Photodetection Devices achieve sensitivity by reducing the background noise in the photon detector, as opposed to amplifying the photon signal. Noise is reduced primarily by cooling the detector array.
- the devices include charge coupled device (CCD) cameras referred to as “backthinned”, cooled CCD cameras. In the more sensitive instruments, the cooling is achieved using, for example, liquid nitrogen, which brings the temperature of the CCD array to approximately ⁇ 120° C.
- “Backthinned” refers to an ultra-thin backplate that reduces the path length that a photon follows to be detected, thereby increasing the quantum efficiency.
- a particularly sensitive backthinned cryogenic CCD camera is the “TECH 512”, a series 200 camera available from Photometries, Ltd. (Tucson, Ariz.).
- Photon amplification devices amplify photons before they hit the detection screen.
- This class includes CCD cameras with intensifiers, such as microchannel intensifiers.
- a microchannel intensifier typically contains a metal array of channels perpendicular to and co-extensive with the detection screen of the camera.
- the microchannel array is placed between the sample, subject, or animal to be imaged, and the camera. Most of the photons entering the channels of the array contact a side of a channel before exiting.
- a voltage applied across the array results in the release of many electrons from each photon collision. The electrons from such a collision exit their channel of origin in a “shotgun” pattern, and are detected by the camera.
- An exemplary microchannel intensifier-based single-photon detection device is the C2400 series, available from Hamamatsu.
- Image Processors process signals generated by photodetector devices which count photons in order to construct an image which can be, for example, displayed on a monitor or printed on a video printer.
- image processors are typically sold as part of systems which include the sensitive photon-counting cameras described above, and accordingly, are available from the same sources.
- the image processors are usually connected to a personal computer, such as an IBM-compatible PC or an Apple Macintosh (Apple Computer, Cupertino, Calif,), which may or may not be included as part of a purchased imaging system.
- a personal computer such as an IBM-compatible PC or an Apple Macintosh (Apple Computer, Cupertino, Calif,), which may or may not be included as part of a purchased imaging system.
- image processing programs such as “ADOBE PHOTOSHOP”, Adobe Systems, Adobe Systems, Mt. View, Calif.
- the Detection Field Of The Device is defined as the area from which consistent measurements of photon emission can be obtained. In the case of a camera using an optical lens, the detection field is simply the field of view accorded to the camera by the lens. Similarly, if the photodetector device is a pair of “night vision” goggles, the detection field is the field of view of the goggles.
- the detection field may be a surface defined by the ends of fiber-optic cables arranged in a tightly-packed array.
- the array is constructed to maximize the area covered by the ends of the cables, as opposed to void space between cables, and placed in close proximity to the subject.
- a clear material such as plexiglass can be placed adjacent the subject, and the array fastened adjacent the clear material, opposite from the subject.
- the fiber-optic cable ends opposite the array can be connected directly to the detection or intensifying device, such as the input end of a microchannel intensifier, eliminating the need for a lens.
- An advantage of this method is that scattering and/or loss of photons is reduced by eliminating a large part of the air space between the subject and the detector, and/or by eliminating the lens. Even a high-transmission lens transmits only a fraction of the light reaching the front lens element.
- photodiode arrays may be used to measure photon emission.
- a photodiode array can be incorporated into a relatively flexible sheet, enabling the practitioner to partially “wrap” the array around the subject. This approach also minimizes photon loss, and in addition, provides a means of obtaining three-dimensional images of the bioluminescence.
- Other approaches may be used to generate three-dimensional images, including multiple detectors placed around the subject or a scanning detector or detectors.
- the entire animal or subject need not necessarily be in the detection field of the photodetection device. For example, if one is measuring a light-emitting conjugate known to be localized in a particular region of the subject, only light from that region, and a sufficient surrounding “dark” zone, need be measured to obtain the desired information.
- the subject may be immobilized in the detection field of the photodetection devices during the period that photon emission is being measured. If the signal is sufficiently bright that an image can be constructed from photon emission measured in less than about 20 milliseconds, and the subject is not particularly agitated, no special immobilization precautions may be required, except to insure that the subject is in the field of the detection device at the start of the measuring period.
- the photon emission measurement takes longer than about 20 msec, and the subject is agitated
- precautions to insure immobilization of the subject during photon emission measurement need to be considered to preserve the spatial information in the constructed image.
- the subject may simply be asked to remain as still as possible during photon emission measurement (imaging).
- the subject is an animal, such as a mouse
- the subject can be immobilized using, for example, an anesthetic or a mechanical restraining device.
- the subject does not necessarily need to be immobilized, even for long periods of photon emission measurements. All that is required is that the subject be confined to the detection field of the photodetector during imaging. It will be appreciated, however, that immobilizing the subject during such measuring may improve the consistency of results obtained, because the thickness of tissue through which detected photons pass will be more uniform from animal to animal.
- the visualization of fluorescent light-generating moieties requires an excitation light source, as well as a photodetector. Furthermore, it will be understood that the excitation light source is turned on during the measuring of photon emission from the light-generating moiety.
- Photon scattering by tissue limits the resolution that can be obtained by imaging LGMs through a measurement of total photon emission.
- the present invention also includes embodiments in which the light-generation of LGMs is synchronized to an external source which can be focused at selected points within the subject, but which does not scatter significantly in tissue, allowing the construction of higher-resolution images.
- a focused ultrasound signal can be used to scan, in three dimensions, the subject being imaged.
- Light-generation from areas which are in the focal point of the ultrasound can be resolved from other photon emission by a characteristic oscillation imparted to the light by the ultrasound.
- a pair of “night-vision” goggles or a high sensitivity video camera was used to obtain an image, the image is simply viewed or displayed on a video monitor.
- the signal from a video camera can be diverted through an image processor, which can store individual video frames in memory for analysis or printing, and/or can digitize the images for analysis and printing on a computer.
- the measurement of photon emission generates an array of numbers, representing the number of photons detected at each pixel location, in the image processor. These numbers are used to generate an image, typically by normalizing the photon counts (either to a fixed, pre-selected value, or to the maximum number detected in any pixel) and converting the normalized number to a brightness (greyscale) or to a color (pseudocolor) that is displayed on a monitor.
- typical color assignments are as follows. Pixels with zero photon counts are assigned black, low counts blue, and increasing counts colors of increasing wavelength, on up to red for the highest photon count values. The location of colors on the monitor represents the distribution of photon emission, and, accordingly, the location of light-generating fusion proteins.
- a greyscale image of the (still immobilized) subject from which photon emission was measured is typically constructed.
- Such an image may be constructed, for example, by opening a door to the imaging chamber, or box, in dim room light, and measuring reflected photons (typically for a fraction of the time it takes to measure photon emission).
- the greyscale image may be constructed either before measuring photon emission, or after.
- the image of photon emission is typically superimposed on the greyscale image to produce a composite image of photon emission in relation to the subject.
- the measurement of photon emission, or imaging can be repeated at selected time intervals to construct a series of images.
- the intervals can be as short as minutes, or as long as days or weeks.
- Images generated by methods and/or using compositions of the present invention may be analyzed by a variety of methods. They range from a simple visual examination, mental evaluation and/or printing of a hardcopy, to sophisticated digital image analysis. Interpretation of the information obtained from an analysis depends on the phenomenon under observation and the entity being used.
- LGPs directed against the cells of the tumor can be used to both define the boundaries of the tumor, and to determine whether cells from the primary tumor mass have migrated and colonized distal sites.
- LGPs such as liposomes containing antibodies directed against tumor antigens and loaded with LGPs, can be administered to a subject, allowed to bind to tumor cells in the subject, imaged, and the areas of photon emission can be correlated with areas of tumor cells.
- images utilizing tumor-localizing LGPs may be generated at selected time intervals to monitor tumor growth, progression and metastasis in a subject over time. Such monitoring may be useful to record results of anti-tumor therapy, or as part of a screen of putative therapeutic compounds useful in inhibiting tumor growth or metastasis.
- the tissue and the light-generating fusion protein can be contacted in vitro, such as where one or more biological samples (e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue) are arrayed on a substrate under tissue culture conditions known by those in the art to preserve the viability of the tissue and then the fusion protein is added to the tissue culture.
- tissue is mammalian tissue, in particular human tissue.
- the methods of the invention can also be practiced in vivo wherein the biological sample and the light-generating fusion protein are contacted by administration of the fusion protein (or a vector encoding the same) to a subject suspected of containing ischemic tissue under conditions to allow detection of the fusion protein in ischemic tissue present in the subject.
- the invention thus also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, pharmacogenomics, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual prophylactically.
- one aspect of the invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining the presence of ischemic tissue in a biological sample to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with hypoxic conditions.
- the invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing conditions arising from ischemia.
- FIG. 1A is a schematic representation of different fusion proteins of the present invention.
- T indicates the enzyme target site on the fusion protein
- E indicates the enzyme
- X indicates the modification site on the fusion protein
- R indicates the reporter domain of the fusion protein.
- the modification at “X” by “E” results in the fusion protein becoming active or inactive “On/Off”.
- FIG. 1B shows an embodiment wherein the “T” and the “X” are separate domains and are in cis on the fusion protein.
- FIG. 1C shows an embodiment of the invention wherein the “T” and the “X” of the fusion protein are congruent within a domain of the fusion protein.
- FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of the invention wherein the “T” is on a protein associated with the fusion protein containing the “X”.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic representation of different fusion proteins of the present invention.
- FIG. 2A is a schematic representation of a fusion protein and associated protein of the present invention in which a fusion protein and an associated protein “A” contains a known homo- or hetero-dimerization domain “HD” corresponding to the enzyme target site of an enzyme, where binding of the enzyme-associated “A” to the HD on the fusion protein results in modification of the fusion protein at “X”.
- FIG. 2A is a schematic representation of a fusion protein and associated protein of the present invention in which a fusion protein and an associated protein “A” contains a known homo- or hetero-dimerization domain “HD” corresponding to the enzyme target site of an enzyme, where binding of the enzyme-associated “A” to the HD on the fusion protein results in modification of the fusion protein at “X”.
- FIG. 2A is a schematic representation of a fusion protein and associated protein of the present invention in which a fusion protein and an associated protein “A” contains a known homo-
- 2B is a related aspect of the invention in which a binding domain of a protein “A” containing an enzyme target site “T” interacts with a binding domain “B” of a fusion protein, which results in enzyme “E” modifying the reporter domain “R” of fusion protein “B” at modification site “X” such that the fusion protein does or does not emit light or cause light to be emitted.
- FIG. 3 shows pVHL binding to a modified form of HIF.
- A shows pVHL-defective renal carcinoma cells treated with increasing amounts of desferoxamine (2, 10, 100, 1000 ⁇ m) or cobalt choloride (2, 10, 100, 1000 ⁇ m) and immunoprecipitated with control (lane 1) or anti HIF2 ⁇ antibody. Bound proteins were detected by anti-HIF2 ⁇ immunoblot (IB) or by farwestern (FW) analysis with purified pVHL/elongin B/elongin C (VBC) complexes.
- B shows VBC farwestern and anti-HIF2 ⁇ immunoblot analysis of ts20 cells grown at the restrictive temperature under hypoxic or normoxic conditions.
- C and D depict GST-HIF1 ⁇ (530-652), containing the oxygen-dependent degradation domain (ODD), produced in E. coli , recovered on glutathione Sepharose, and incubated with rabbit reticulocyte lysate for 90 min at 30° C.
- ODD oxygen-dependent degradation domain
- the reticulocyte lysate was first heat inactivated for 20 min. Following stringent washes the GST-ODD protein was subjected to VBC farwestern and anti-GST immunoblot analysis.
- FIG. 4 shows pVHL binding to a HIF1 ⁇ -derived peptide if Leu562 and Pro564 are intact.
- A shows binding of the indicated 35 S-labeled Gal4-HIF1 ⁇ fusion proteins to immobilized GST-pVHL, elongin B, elongin C complexes.
- B shows binding of 35 S-labeled pVHL to biotinylated HIF1 ⁇ (556-575) peptides with the indicated substitutions of residues 561-568. ‘+’ indicates preincubation of peptide with unprogrammed reticulocyte lysate prior to addition of pVHL.
- C and D depict 35 S-labeled wild-type (WT), Pro564Ala, and Leu562Ala full-length HA-HIF1 ⁇ (panel C) and Ga14-HA-HIF1 ⁇ (530-652) (panel D) proteins immunoprecipitated with anti-HA antibody or captured with immobilized GST-VBC complexes.
- WT wild-type
- Pro564Ala Pro564Ala
- Leu562Ala full-length HA-HIF1 ⁇
- panel C and Ga14-HA-HIF1 ⁇ (530-652)
- panel D proteins immunoprecipitated with anti-HA antibody or captured with immobilized GST-VBC complexes.
- WG wheat germ extract
- Retic rabbit reticulocyte lysate.
- FIG. 5 shows ubiquitination and degradation of HIF linked to Leu562 and Pro 564.
- A depicts in vitro ubiquitination of 35 S-labeled wild-type, Leu562A, and Pro564A Ga14-HA-HIF1 ⁇ (530-652) in the presence of S100 extracts prepared from pVHL-defective renal carcinoma cells stably transfected to produce wild-type pVHL or with empty vector.
- B shows in vitro degradation of 35 S-labeled wild-type, Leu562Ala, and Pro564Ala in xenopus egg extracts.
- (C) is an anti-HA immunoblot analysis of COS7 cells transiently transfected with 1.5 or 3.5 ⁇ g of plasmids encoding wild-type or P564A HA-HIF ⁇ in the absence or presence of desferoxamine.
- FIG. 6 depicts proline hydroxylation linked to pVHL-binding.
- A is a MALDI-TOF analysis of wild-type, Pro564Ala, and Leu562Ala biotinylated HIF (556-575) peptides following incubation with rabbit reticulocyte lysate.
- B shows Gal4-HA-HIF (555-575) translated in vitro in the presence of 3H-Proline with rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract and gel-band purified. Following acid hydrolysis proline and hydroxyproline were separated using thin layer chromatography. The dashed circle indicates positions of ninhydrin stained proline and hydroxyproline markers.
- FIG. 7 illustrates that pVHL specifically recognizes HIF1 ⁇ with hydroxylated proline 564.
- a and B shows binding of 35 S-labeled pVHL to biotinylated HIF ⁇ (556-575) peptides with the indicated substitutions of residues 561-568.
- C shows ts20 cells stably transfected to produce HA-pVHL grown at restrictive (lane 1) or permissive (lanes 2-6) temperature and immunoprecipitated anti-HIF1 ⁇ (lane 1 and 2) or anti-HA antibody (lanes 3-7). Bound proteins were eluted by boiling in sample buffer (lane 1 and 2) or treatment with the indicated peptides and then immunoblotted with anti-HIF1 ⁇ antibody.
- FIG. D shows pVHL-defective renal carcinoma cells stably transfected to produce wild-type pVHL (WT8) or with empty vector (RC3) metabolically labeled with 35 S methionine, lysed, and incubated with immobilized biotinylated HIF1 ⁇ (556-575) peptides with the indicated substitutions of residue 564. Specifically bound proteins were detected by autoradiography.
- FIG. 8 illustrates the production of TETr-cyclins A and E.
- A is a schematic of TETr-cyclin fusion protein.
- B shows production of TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E. Cells transfected to produce the indicated cyclin A or cyclin E proteins were lysed and immunoblotted (IB) with the indicated antibodies.
- C shows phosphorylation of pRB by TETr-cyclins A and E in SAOS-2 cells. pRB-defective SAOS-2 cells transfected so as to produce HA-tagged pRB along with the indicated cyclins were lysed and immunoblotted with anti-HA antibody. The % of transfected cells in G1 and S phase was determined by fluororescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
- FACS fluororescence activated cell sorting
- FIG. 9 shows DNA bound cyclins A and E differentially affecting transcription.
- A is a schematic of reporter plasmid (pUHC 13-3) that contains seven TETracycline operator sequences (TETo) upstream of a minimal CMV promoter that includes a TATA box.
- B, C show U20S cells were cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated TETr fusion proteins along with the pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding ⁇ -galactosidase. Numbers shown at the bottom of the graph indicate the amount of TETr plasmid (in ⁇ g).
- Fold repression is the corrected luciferase value for TETr alone divided by the corrected luciferase values for the indicated TETr fusion proteins.
- Fold activation represents the corrected luciferase values for the indicated TETr fusion proteins divided by the corrected luciferase value for TETr alone.
- FIG. 10 illustrates transcriptional regulation by cyclins A and E dependent upon DNA binding.
- A shows U2OS cells cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated TETr fusion proteins along with the pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding ⁇ -galactosidase. 24 hours later doxycycline was added to a final concentration of 2 ⁇ g/ml where indicated by a ‘+’. 24 hours later, luciferase activity, corrected for ⁇ -galactosidase activity, was determined and expressed as fold repression or activation relative to cells producing TETr alone.
- (B) shows U2OS cells cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated cyclins along with the pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding ⁇ -galactosidase. Fold repression and activation was determined as in (A).
- (C) shows U2OS cells cotransfected with plasmids encoding TETr or TETr-cyclin E, along with a minimal HSV-TK promoter reporter plasmid containing the indicated number of TETo binding sites and a plasmid encoding ⁇ -galactosidase. Doxycycline was added as in (A).
- FIG. 11 illustrates that cyclin box is required for transcriptional repression by DNA bound cyclin A.
- U2OS cells were cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated TETr-cyclin A variants along with pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding ⁇ -galactosidase. Cell extracts were prepared and luciferase activity, corrected for ⁇ -galactosidase activity, was expressed as fold repression relative to cells producing TETr alone.
- the indicated TETr-cyclin A variants were translated in vitro in the presence of 35 S-methionine and incubated with GST-cdk2 and glutathione Sepharose.
- pRB defective SAOS-2 cells transfected so as to produce HA-tagged pRB along with the indicated TETr-cyclin A variants were lysed and immunoblotted with anti-HA antibody.
- FIG. 12 shows transcriptional activation by cyclin E linked to its ability to bind to cdk2 and interact with substrates.
- U2OS cells were cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated TETr-cyclin E variants along with the pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding ⁇ -galactosidase.
- Cell extracts were prepared, and luciferase activity, corrected for ⁇ -galactosidase activity, was expressed as fold activation relative to cells producing TETr alone.
- TETr-cyclin E variants were translated in vitro in the presence of 35 S-methionine and incubated with GST-cdk2 and glutathione Sepharose. Specifically bound proteins were resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and detected by autoradiography. In parallel, 20% of the input proteins were resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and detected by autoradiography.
- pRB defective SAOS-2 cells transfected so as to produce HA-tagged pRB along with the indicated TETr-cyclin E variants were lysed and immunoblotted with anti-HA antibody.
- FIG. 13 shows transcriptional activation by DNA bound cyclin E dependent on cdk2 catalytic activity.
- A, B U2OS cells were transiently cotransfected with plasmids encoding TETr-cyclin A or E and, where indicated, increasing amounts of a plasmid encoding a dominant-negative (dn) form of cdk2.
- Cell extracts were prepared and luciferase activity, corrected for ⁇ -galactosidase activity, was determined. Corrected luciferase values were expressed as fold repression (A) or activation (B) relative to TETr alone.
- U2OS cells were transiently transfected with plasmids encoding TETr-cdk2 or TETr-cdk2 (N132A) and a plasmid encoding either cyclin A or E.
- Cell extracts were prepared and luciferase activity, corrected for ⁇ -galactosidase activity, was determined. Corrected luciferase values were expressed as fold activation relative to TETr alone.
- FIG. 14 shows transcriptional effects mediated by cell-cycle dependent changes in endogenous cyclins E and A.
- A, B 3T3 cells stably transfected with a luciferase reporter plasmid containing 7 TETo sites (pUHC13-3) and a plasmid encoding TETr-cdk2 were serum-starved for 72 hours and subsequently re-fed with serum. At various timepoints thereafter aliquots of cells were removed and either lysed for immunoblot analysis with the indicated antibodies or analyzed for DNA content by propidium iodide staining followed by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
- FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
- C 3T3 cells stably transfected with a luciferase reporter plasmid containing 7 TETo sites (pUHC13-3) in the absence (open circles) or presence of a plasmid encoding TETr-cdk2 (closed squares) or TETr-cdk2 (N132A) (open squares) were serum-starved for 72 hours and then re-fed with serum in the presence or absence of doxycycline. At various timepoints thereafter luciferase assays were performed.
- the luciferase values at each timepoint in the absence of doxycycline were corrected by subtracting the luciferase assay obtained in the presence of doxycycline. After correction, the luciferase values for the two cell populations were expressed relative to the corresponding luciferase values obtained at time 0.
- the cells producing TETr-cdk2 were lysed and immunoprecipitated with anti-cyclin A or anti-cyclin E antibodies. The immunoprecipitates were then used to phosphorylate Histone H1 in vitro.
- Tissue ischemia is a major cause of morbidity and mortality.
- drugs that stabilize HIF may augment angiogenesis and the adaptation of hypoxia.
- the activation of HIF by hypoxia is complex and involves protein stability, nuclear localization, DNA binding capability and transcriptional activation function.
- proline hydroxlaytion governs HIF turnover in the presence of oxygen will facilitate the dissection of the mechanism underlying the various aspects of HIF regulation.
- the invention also provides various methods of treating, i.e., reducing, preventing or delaying the onset of HIF-1 related disorders, modulating angiogenesis or vascularization.
- HIF-1 mediated disorders include chronic and acute hypoxia or ischemia related disorders such as tissue damage and scarring.
- Acute hypoxia or ischemia related disorders include for example myocardial infarction, stroke, cancer and diabetes such as tissue damage and scarring.
- Chronic hypoxia or ischemia related disorders include for example, deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolus and renal failure.
- the invention provides methods of treating or preventing a hypoxic or ischemic related disorder or modulating angiogenesis or vascularization by administering to a subject a compound that decreases prolyl hydroxylase, expression or activity.
- prolyl hydroxylase include human Egl-9 or homologs.
- the compound can be a prolyl hydroxylase antibody, a nucleic acid that decreases the expression of a nucleic acid that encodes a prolyl hydroxylase polypeptides such as a prolyl hydroxylase anti-sense nucleic acid or a compound identified by any of the methods of the invention.
- the half life of HIF in the subject is increased in the presence of the compound as compared to the absence of the compound.
- the invention includes a method of treating cancer in a subject by administering to the subject a compound that increases prolyl hydroxylase expression or activity.
- the compound is a compound that has been identified by the methods of the invention.
- the invention provides a method for treating or preventing a hypoxia or ischemic related disorder in a subject by administering to a subject a compound that which modulates prolyl hydroxylation of HIF.
- the invention provides a method for treating or preventing a HIF related disorder by administering to a subject a compound that which modulates prolyl hydroxylation of HIF such that the HIF related disorder is prevented reversed of stabilized.
- the invention provides a method for regulating HIF turnover in a subject by administering to a subject a compound that which modulates prolyl hydroxylation.
- modulates is meant to increase or decrease the prolyl hydroxylation of HIF.
- Compounds that inhibits prolyl hydroxylation include several small molecule proline hydroxylase inhibitors which have been developed as antifibrotic agents.
- the subject is preferably a mammal.
- the mammal can be, e.g., a human, non-human primate, mouse, rat, dog, cat, horse, or cow.
- the subjects include patients with coronary, cerebral, or peripheral arterial disease and patients with one or more non-healing wounds.
- pVHL binds directly to a region of HIF1 ⁇ called the oxygen-dependent degradation domain (ODD).
- ODD oxygen-dependent degradation domain
- pVHL recognizes HIF produced in rabbit reticulocyte lysate but not HIF produced in wheat germ extracts or in E. Coli .
- wheat germ or E. Coli -derived HIF binds to pVHL following preincubation with a human, rabbit, or xenopus cell extracts at 37° C.
- glutathione S-transferase-ODD fusion proteins produced in E. Coli were not recognized by VBC in farwestern assays ( FIG. 3C ). These proteins were recognized, however, after pre-incubation with a rabbit reticulocyte lysate. Similar results were obtained with GST-ODD fusion proteins of various sizes, thus excluding the possibility that the farwestern blot signal represents a spurious interaction between VBC and a reticulocyte-derived protein. VBC did not recognize GST-ODD fusion proteins incubated with a heat-inactivated reticulocyte lysate ( FIG. 3D ).
- Gal4-HIF fusion proteins containing HIF residues 555-575 bound specifically to immobilized GST-VHL, elongin B, elongin C complexes ( FIG. 4A ). Coupled in vitro transcription/translation of 35 S-labeled proteins was conducted according to the manufacturer's instructions (TNT, Promega). Also, a biotinylated peptide corresponding to HIF residues 556-575 bound to pVHL following pre-incubation with reticulocyte lysate ( FIG. 4B ). For peptide binding studies, 1 ⁇ g of biotinylated peptide was bound to 30 ⁇ l of monomeric avidin Sepharose (Pierce).
- the peptide was pre-incubated with 50 ⁇ l of rabbit reticulocyte lysate for 90 min at 30° C.
- the Sepharose was then washed 3 times with NETN (20 mM Tris pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% non-idet P40) and used in binding reactions containing 4 ⁇ l 35 S-HA-pVHLin 500 ⁇ l of EBC or 500 ⁇ l 35 S-radiolabeled cell extract (equivalent to cells from a subconfluent 100 mm dish). Following 1 hour incubation at 4° C. with rocking the Sepharose was washed 4 times with NETN.
- Bound proteins were eluted by boiling in SDS-containing sample buffer and detected by autoradiography.
- This region of HIF contains a highly conserved 8 mer (MLAPYIPM) which, when mutated to 8 consecutive alanines, leads to HIF stabilization in cells.
- An alanine scan of this region showed that Leu562 and Pro564 were essential for specific binding to pVHL in this assay ( FIG. 4B ).
- mutation of the one potential phosphoacceptor in this peptide, Tyr565 did not affect pVHL binding, in keeping with an earlier study in which a Tyr565Phe mutation did not affect HIF stability.
- the binding of pVHL to GST-ODD in the assays described above was unaffected by phosphatase treatment.
- Binding of pVHL to HIF1 ⁇ is critically dependent upon residues Leu562 or Pro564 of HIF1 ⁇ .
- mutation of either Leu562 or Pro564 in the context of full-length HIF1 ⁇ or a Gal4-ODD fusion protein also led to a loss of pVHL binding activity ( FIG. 4C and 4D , respectively).
- Gal4-ODD made with reticulocyte lysate contained an electrophoretically distinct band compared with Gal4-ODD made with wheat germ extract ( FIG. 4D ). This electrophoretically distinct protein bound to VBC and was undetectable among the Leu562Ala and Pro564Ala translation products.
- the isoelectric points of the two arrowed bands in FIG. 4D were identical following 2-D gel electrophoresis indicating that the putative modification did not involve a change in protein charge.
- HIF ⁇ by pVHL following binding is also critically dependent upon residues Leu562 or Pro564 of HIFl ⁇ .
- Gal4-HIF fusion proteins with the Leu562Ala mutation or Pro564Ala mutation displayed diminished pVHL-dependent polyubiquitination in vitro relative to the corresponding wild-type protein ( FIG. 5A ).
- Qualitatively similar results were obtained with the corresponding full-length HIF1 ⁇ species, although this assay is less robust than with the Gal4-ODD fusion proteins.
- HIF1 ⁇ Pro564Ala and HIF1 ⁇ Leu562Ala were far more stable than wild-type HIF1 ⁇ in in vitro degradation assays performed with xenopus extracts ( FIG. 5B ).
- Xenopus egg extracts were made as is well known in the art and stored frozen until use.
- Degradation reactions contained 8 ⁇ l of egg extract, 0.1 ⁇ l of 100 mg/ml cyclohexamide, 0.25 ⁇ l of energy regeneration mix, 0.25 ⁇ l of bovine ubiquitin, and 0.4 ⁇ l of 35 S-radiolabeled HIF and were carried out at room temperature. At the indicated timepoints 1 ⁇ l aliquots were removed and placed in sample buffer. Samples were resolved on 5-15% gradient gels and analyzed by autoradiography.
- Biotinylated HIF (556-575) peptides were incubated with rabbit reticulocyte lysate, washed, eluted with free biotin, and analyzed by mass spectrometry. 1 ⁇ l of HPLC-purified peptide was bound to 30 ⁇ l monomeric avidin Sepharose and incubated with 100 ⁇ l of rabbit reticulocyte lysate at room temperature for 1 hour with tumbling. Following brief centrifugation the reticulocyte lysate was removed, fresh reticulocyte lysate was added, and the cycle was repeated 6 times. The Sepharose was then washed 4 times with NETN and once with PBS.
- the modified peptide was eluted in 50 ⁇ l of 20 mM ammonium acetate [pH 7.0], 2 mM biotin.
- Met561 and Met568 were converted to alanine to prevent spurious oxidation of the methionine residues during analysis.
- This double alanine substitution did not affect pVHL binding.
- Treatment of the HIF (556-575) peptide with rabbit reticulocyte lysate led to the appearance of a second peak in MALDI-TOF assays representing an increase in molecular weight of 16 ( FIG. 6A ).
- pVHL specifically recognizes a proline hydroxylated determinant.
- pVHL bound to a HIF (556-575) peptide with the Leu562Ala substition and hydroxyproline at residue 564 FIG. 7B . This suggests that the primary role of Leu562 is to allow for the hydroxylation of Pro564.
- Ts20 cells were engineered to produce HA-tagged pVHL which carry a temperature-sensitive mutation in the El-ubiquitin activating enzyme.
- ts20 cells were transfected with pIRES-HA-VHL, pIRES-HA-VHL (Y98H), or pIRES-Neo (Invitrogen) and selected in the presence of 1 mg/ml G418. Individual G418-resistant colonies were isolated using cloning cylinders and expanded. Cells producing HA-VHL or HA-VHL (Y98H) were identified by anti-HA immunoblot analysis.
- HIF coimmunoprecipitated with HA-pVHL at the restrictive temperature HIF bound to pVHL in this way could be eluted by the hydroxylated HIF (556-575) peptide but not the unmodified peptide ( FIG. 7C ).
- ts20 cells were grown at the restrictive or permissive temperature for 14 hour, methionine-starved for 90 min, and then grown in the methionine-free media supplemented with 35 S-met (500 mCi/ml) for 90 min.
- the HIF1 ⁇ protein is stabilized in hypoxic conditions and functions to inhibit, decrease and/or reverse hypoxia in affected tissues, e.g. in a solid tumor, diabetic retinopathy or ischemic heart tissue, in part by modulating pro-angiogenic factors.
- a light-generating fusion protein containing a HIF1 ⁇ moiety will also be stabilized in hypoxic tissue. Destruction of a HIF1 ⁇ protein or a HIF1 ⁇ -containing LGP via the pVHL ubiquitin pathway occurs, e.g. during normoxia, when a prolyl hydroxylase modifies the HIFla protein such that pVHL binds to and modifies HIF1 ⁇ .
- This modification process acts as a dynamic switch to regulate the bioluminescence of the HIF1 ⁇ -containing light-generating fusion protein such as the First embodiment of the invention.
- a HIF1 ⁇ -containing light-generating fusion protein is useful to dynamically image hypoxic tissues, e.g. cancer, in situ, and to screen for or test the efficacy of hypoxia-modulating compounds.
- the following example demonstrates the efficacy of light-generating fusion proteins of the invention for imaging hypoxic tissues.
- the Oxygen-Dependent Degradation Domain (ODD) of HIF1 ⁇ renders HIF1 ⁇ unstable in the presence of oxygen.
- This region is recognized by pVHL.
- pVHL specifically binds directly to peptidic determinants, corresponding to HIF1 ⁇ residues 555-575, located within the ODD.
- At the core of this peptide there is a conserved proline residue (residue 564) which, in the presence of oxygen, becomes enzymatically hydroxylated. This residue serves as the signal for pVHL to bind.
- the HIF peptide becomes hydroxylated and is recognized by pVHL.
- hypooxia hypooxia
- HIF cDNA encoding amino acids 555-575 (hereafter ‘ODD’) was PCR amplified with oligonucleotides that introduced convenient restriction sites, digested, and gel-band purified. The PCR fragment was then subcloned, in-frame, 3′ of a Firefly luciferase cDNA contained in the pGL3 plasmid (Promega).
- luciferase-ODD chimeric cDNA was subcloned into pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) to facilitate in vitro translation and expression studies in mammalian cells.
- pcDNA3 Invitrogen
- a pcDNA3 plasmid encoding wild-type Firefly luciferase and pcDNA3 plasmid encoding wild-type HIF1 ⁇ was used as controls.
- hypoxia mimetics desferrioxamine (DFO) or cobalt chloride (CoCl2) were added directly to the media at final concentrations of 500 mM and 200 mM respectively, in duplicate wells. In addition, some wells were not treated so as to serve as controls. 12 hours after treatment with DFO and CoCl 2 the cells were lysed with Passive Lysis Buffer (Promega), rocked at room temperature for 20 minutes, and assayed for Firefly and Renilla Luciferase according to the manufacturers instructions. Results were obtained in duplicate and averaged. ( FIG. 17 ).
- DFO desferrioxamine
- CoCl2 cobalt chloride
- the luciferase values for ODD-Luc were approximately 30% of the values obtained with wild-type Luc.
- HeLa cells have wild-type pVHL and these experiments were conducted using cells grown in the presence of oxygen.
- hypoxia-mimetics led to a marked increased in ODD-Luc luciferase activity, whereas no such induction was detected with wild-type luciferase.
- the induced levels of ODD-luciferase were comparable to those obtained with wild-type luciferase.
- Polyclonal Hela cells stably transfected with ODD-Luc and Luc were generated. The clones were suspended in PBS and counted. 10 6 cells per injection site were administered subcutaneously in duplicate into the flanks of nude mice ( FIG. 18 ). Upon growth of palpable tumors (approximately 3-4 days) the mice were given intraperitoneal injections of phenobarbital for anesthesia, injected with a weight-adjusted dose of luciferin, and whole body imaged with a Xenogen Camera. To ensure that the difference in luciferase activity was not simply a function of tumor size alone, bidimensional tumor measurements were taken and were approximately equal.
- FIG. 18 shows three different mice injected with ODD-Luc (right) and Luc (left) in duplicate.
- the sites where ODD-Luc was injected clearly have attenuated luciferase signal.
- the data show a real attenuation of luciferase activity, secondary ubiquitination and destruction of ODD-Luc.
- Fusion of a DNA-binding motif to a cyclin does not alter cyclin binding to a cdk or the kinase activity of the cyclin/cdk complex.
- Mammalian expression plasmids were generated that encode fusion proteins consisting of the TET repressor DNA-binding domain (TETr) (Gossen and Bujard, 1992) fused to cyclin A or cyclin E with an intervening flexible linker consisting of Gly 4 -Ser repeats ( FIG. 8A ). Both of these plasmids gave rise to stable proteins of the expected size following transfection into mammalian cells ( FIG. 8B ).
- TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E like their unfused counterparts, bound to cdk2 ( FIGS. 11 and 12 ) and could phosphorylate p107 in vitro. Furthermore, both TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E promoted pRB phosphorylation and bypassed a pRB-induced G1/S block when cointroduced with wild-type pRB into pRB-defective tumor cells ( FIG. 8C ).
- Cyclin A and cyclin E dramatically affect transcription.
- U2OS cells were transiently transfected with plasmids encoding various TETr fusion proteins and a luciferase reporter plasmid containing 7 TETo binding sites upstream of a TATA box derived from the CMV promoter ( FIG. 9A ).
- TETr binds specifically to TETo sites.
- TETr-RB repressed transcription from this reporter plasmid whereas TETr-E2F1 activated the reporter ( FIGS. 9B-C ).
- the basal activity observed with this reporter plasmid presumably reflects the presence of cryptic enhancer sequences.
- the TETr domain alone was essentially inert.
- TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E both dramatically affected transcription in this assay and did so in opposite ways.
- TETr-cyclin A decreased transcription approximately 80% (5-fold repression) whereas TETr-cyclin E increased transcription 10-fold ( FIGS. 9B-C ).
- Doxycycline prevents the binding of TETr to TETo and completely blocked the transcriptional effects of TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E ( FIG. 10A ).
- doxycycline also blocked the transcriptional effects of TETr-RB and TETr-E2F1, which were tested in parallel.
- unfused cyclin A and E had no effects on the TETo-driven reporter plasmid ( FIG. 10B ).
- cyclins that bind to the cdks are critical for cyclin-mediated transcriptional regulation. Plasmids encoding TETr fused to various colinear fragments of cyclin A and E were used to determine which regions of these molecules are required for transcriptional regulation ( FIGS. 11 and 12 ). All of the resulting fusion proteins were expressed at comparable levels in transient transfection experiments. Cyclin A (1-310), like wild-type cyclin A, repressed transcription when fused to TETr ( FIG. 11A ). This fragment of cyclin A does not bind to cdk2 ( FIG. 11B ) and cannot direct the phosphorylation of pRB when introduced into cells ( FIG. 11C ).
- a cyclin A point mutant (E220A) (Schulman et al.,1998) that measurably interacts with cdk2 ( FIG. 11B ) and directs the phosphorylation of pRB ( FIG. 11C ) did not repress transcription in these assays ( FIG. 1IA ).
- This mutation maps to the cyclin A cyclin box ( FIG. 11A ).
- TETr-cyclin A also repressed transcription when tested in p107-/-; p130-/- mouse fibroblasts and cyclin A (1-310) does not bind to either p107 or p130. Only those cyclin E mutants that bind to cdk2 ( FIG.
- FIG. 12B and could direct the phosphorylation of pRB ( FIG. 12C ) scored as transcriptional activators ( FIG. 12A ).
- FIG. 12C transcriptional activators
- Schulman et al identified cyclin A residues that are critical for substrate binding and assembly with cdk2.
- Mutation of analogous residues in cyclin E produced a mutant (cyclin E L134A/Q174A) that likewise failed to bind to cdk2 ( FIG. 12B ) and failed to phosphorylate pRB ( FIG. 12C ). This mutant did not activate transcription ( FIG. 12 ).
- a dominant-negative form of cdk2 blocked transcriptional activation by cyclin E ( FIG.
- the Second embodiment of the invention is useful to dynamically image transcription in vivo.
- cyclin E can activate transcription under physiological conditions.
- 3T3 cells were transfected with the plasmid containing a selectable marker and TETo reporter plasmid with or without a plasmid encoding TETr-cdk2.
- the stable transfectants were maintained as polyclonal pools and serum starved into quiescence.
- cell lysates were prepared and used in immunoblot, in vitro kinase, and luciferase assays ( FIG. 14 ). In parallel, aliquots of the cells were analyzed for DNA content by FACS.
- the Second embodiment of the invention in part relates to LGPs containing cyclin binding domains.
- LGPs are useful to dynamically quantify alterations in transcription of cell-cycle associated genes, such as oncogenes and tumor suppressors.
- a LGP containing a cyclin-binding moiety can be localized to regions undergoing cell proliferation, such as a tumor, and can be used to screen for and determine the efficacy of cell proliferation modulating compounds.
- U2OS human osteosarcoma cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle media (DMEM) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetalclone (Hyclone) (FC), 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 mg/ml streptomycin, and 2 mM L-glutamine (PSG).
- DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle media
- FC heat-inactivated fetalclone
- PSG 2 mM L-glutamine
- SAOS-2 human osteosarcoma cells and NIH 3T3 mouse fibroblast cells were grown in DMEM supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) and PSG.
- FBS heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum
- NIH 3T3 stable subclones transfected with the pCMV-neo and pUHC13-3 reporter plasmid alone or with pSG5-TETr-cdk2 or with pSG5-TETr-cdk2(N132A) were maintained in 0.7 mg/ml of G418.
- Cells were transfected using 2 ⁇ Bes-buffered saline (2 ⁇ BBS)/calcium phosphate as described (Chen and Okayama, 1987). Where indicated doxycycline (Sigma) was added 24 hours after transfection to a final concentration of 2 ⁇ g/ml. Cells were maintained in doxycycline for an additional 24 hours prior to harvest.
- pRcCMV-cdk2 dominant negative van den Heuvel and Harlow, 1993 was a gift of Dr. Ed Harlow
- pVL1393-cdk2(N132A) Xu et al., 1994 was a gift of Dr. Helen Piwnica-Worms
- pCD19 Tedder and Isaacs, 1989 was a gift of Dr. Thomas Tedder and pUHC13-3
- ptet1-T81luc, ptet2-T81-luc, ptet3-T81-luc, and ptet7-T81-luc (Gossen and Bujard, 1992) were gifts of Dr Manfred Gossen.
- pSG5-TETr-E2F1 pSG5-TETr-RB, pSG5-HA-RB (Sellers, 1995), pGEX-2TK-cdk2 (Adams et al., 1996) have been described previously.
- a protein phosphatase 1 (PP1) cDNA was first PCR amplified with oligos 5′-GCGCTGATCAGGCGGAGGCGGATCAGGAGGAGGAGGATCAGGCGGAGGAGGATCAGGAT CCATGTCCGACAGCGAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 7) and 5′-GCGCGAATTCATTTCTTGGCTTTGGCAGA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 8).
- the PCR product was cut with Bc1I and EcoRI and subcloned into pSG5-TETr cut with BamHI and EcoRI to make pSG5-TETr-(G1Y 4 -Ser) 3 -PP1.
- the cyclin A open reading frame (ORP) was PCR amplified with primers that introduced a 5′ BamHI site and a 3′ EcoRI site and subcloned into pSP72 (Promega) cut with these two enzymes to make pSP72-cyclin A.
- the PPI ‘suffer ’from pSG5-TETr-(Gly 4 -Ser) 3 -PP1 was then excised by digestion with BamHI and EcoRI and replaced with the cyclin A cDNA insert from pSP72-cyclin A.
- the cyclin E ORF in pRcCMV-cyclin E was PCR amplified with primers that introduced a 5′ BglII and 3′ EcoRI site. The PCR product was cut with these two enzymes and ligated into the BamHI-EcoRI backbone of pSG5-TETr-PP1.
- pSG5-TETr-cdk2 and pSG5-TETr-cdk2 were PCR amplified with primers that introduced a 5′ BamHI and 3′ EcoRI site.
- the PCR products were cut with these two enzymes and ligated into the BamHI-EcoRI backbone of pSG5-TETr-PP1. All PCR reactions were performed with Pfu DNA polymerase and the authenticity of plasmids containing the entire cyclin A, cyclin E, or cdk2 open reading frame was confirmed by direct DNA sequencing.
- pSG5-TETr-cyclin A E220A
- pSG5-TETr-cyclin E L134A/Q174A
- Transformer Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit Clontech
- Monoclonal anti-TETr was purchased from Clontech and anti-HA (12CA5) was purchased from Boehringer Mannheim.
- Polyclonal anti-cyclin A (SC-751), monoclonal and polyclonal anti-cyclin E (SC-247, SC-481), and polyclonal anti-cdk2 (SC-163) were purchased from Santa Cruz.
- Cell extracts were made by lysis in EBC buffer (50mM Tris [pH8], 120 mM NaCl, 0.5% Nonidet P-40). For immunoblot analysis, ⁇ 100 ⁇ g of cell extract was loaded per lane.
- Nitrocellulose filters were blocked in 4% powdered milk/1% goat serum in TBS-T (10 mM Tris [pH 8], 0.05% Tween, 150 mM NaC1) for 1 hour at room temperature prior to incubation in primary antibody.
- Anti-HA (12CA5) was used at a concentration of 1.0 ⁇ g/ml, anti-TETr antibody at 1:500 dilution (v/v), anti-cyclin A (SC-751) at 1:1,000 dilution (v/v), anti-cyclin E (SC-247, SC-481) at 1:1,000 dilution (v/v) and anti-cdk2 (SC-163) at 1:1,000 dilution (v/v). Following 4 washes with TBS/T, bound antibody was detected using alkaline phosphatase-conjugated secondary antibodies.
- Glutathione S-transferase pull-down assays were performed basically as described previously (Kaelin et al., 1991). Binding reactions contained 10 ⁇ l of 35 S-radiolabelled in vitro translates made with a TNT kit (Promega) and approximately 1 ⁇ g of the indicated GST fusion protein in 1 ml of NETN (20mM Tris [pH 8], 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% Nonidet P-40). Following 1 hour incubation at 4° C. with rocking, the Sepharose was washed 5 times with NETN. Bound proteins were eluted by boiling in SDS-containing sample buffer and resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Comparable loading of GST-fusion proteins was confirmed by Coomassie brilliant blue staining and 35 S-radiolabelled proteins were detected by fluorography.
- Fluorescence activated cell sorting was done essentially as described (Qin et al., 1995). Briefly, subconfluent SAOS-2 cells grown in 100 mm dishes were transfected with 2 ⁇ g of pCD19 and 10 ⁇ g of pSG5-HA-RB together with plasmids encoding the indicated cyclins. 72 hr later the cells were harvested with trypsin-EDTA and stained with FITC-conjugated anti-CD19 antibody (CALTAG) and propiodium iodide. Samples were analyzed by two-color FACS with a FACScan (Becton Dickinson). For cell cycle synchronization, cells were starved in serum-free DMEM for 72 hours before being stimulated with 10% FBS.
- FACS Fluorescence activated cell sorting
- subconfluent U2OS cells were transiently transfected in 6-well plates in duplicate with 1 ⁇ g of pCMV- ⁇ gal, 1 ⁇ g of pUHC13-3 reporter plasmid, and 3 ⁇ g of the indicated plasmids encoding TETr-fusion proteins.
- Sufficient parental pSG5-TETr was added so that each reaction contained the same amount of pSG5-TETr backbone. 48 hours after transfection luciferase activity and ⁇ -galactosidase activity was determined as described previously (Qin, 1995).
- IPK IP kinase
- Sepharose was then resuspended in 27 ⁇ l of IPK buffer to which was added 2 ⁇ l of histone H1 (1 mg/ml) and 1 ⁇ l of [ ⁇ ⁇ 32 P] ATP (6,000 Ci/mmol, 10 mCi/ml) and incubated for 30 min at 30° C. Reactions were stopped by addition of Laemmli sample buffer, boiled, resolved by SDS-polyacrylamidel gel electrophoresis, and subjected to autoradiography.
- TFIIH is negatively regulated by cdk8-containing mediator complexes.
- Cyclin-binding motifs are essential for the function of p21 CIP1. Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 4673-4682 Dahmus, M. E. (1996) Reversible phosphorylation of the C-terminal domain of RNA polymerase II. J Biol. Chem. 271, 19009-19012 Devoto, S. H., Mudryj, M., Pines, J., Hunter, T. and Nevins, J. R. (1992) A cyclin A protein kinase complex possesses sequence specific DNA binding activity; p33cdk2 is a component of the E2F-Cyclin A complex. Cell 68, 167-176 Dynlacht, B. D. (1997) Regulation of transcription by proteins that control the cell cycle.
- Cyclin K functions as a CDK9 regulatory subunit and participates in RNA polymerase II transcription.
- the pRB-related protein p107 contains two growth suppression domains: Independent interactions with E2F and cyclin/cdk complexes.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Marine Sciences & Fisheries (AREA)
Abstract
Light-generating fusion proteins having a ligand binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety and their use as diagnostics, in drug screening and discovery, and as therapeutics, are disclosed. The light-generating fusion protein has a feature where the bioluminescence of the polypeptide moiety changes upon binding of a ligand at the ligand binding site. The ligand may be, for example, an enzyme present in an environment only under certain conditions, e.g., ubiquitin ligase in a hypoxic state, such that the light-generating fusion protein is “turned on” only under such conditions.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/433,992, filed Jun. 6, 2019, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/594,454, filed on May 12, 2017, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,365,278, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/328,588, filed on Jul. 10, 2014, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,766,240; which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/066,033, filed on Apr. 4, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,809,011; which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/879,300, filed on Jul. 17, 2007, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,563; which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/027,273, filed on Dec. 30, 2004, now abandoned; which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/859,935, filed Jun. 2, 2004, now abandoned; which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/101,812, filed Mar. 19, 2002, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,855,510; which claims priority to U.S. application Ser. Nos. 60/277,425, filed Mar. 20, 2001; 60/277,431, filed Mar. 20, 2001; 60/277,440, filed Mar. 20, 2001; 60/332,493, filed Nov. 9, 2001; 60/332,334, filed Nov. 9, 2001; 60/345,200, filed Nov. 9, 2001; 60/345,131 filed Dec. 20, 2001, 60/342,598, filed Dec. 20, 2001; and 60/345,132, filed Dec. 20, 2001 each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
- This invention was made with government support under grant number CA076120 awarded by The National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
- The invention relates to drug discovery. The invention features the use of light emitting proteins as tools for diagnosis, drug screening and discovery, and as pharmaceuticals for in vivo treatment.
- A key advance in the biomedical arts has been the discovery of bioluminescent protein moieties, e.g., green fluorescent protein (GFP) and luciferase, which can be expressed in diverse mammalian cell types and thus act as detectable signals for biological signal transduction pathways and events. An increased understanding of how diverse biological processes are regulated by the actions of cellular enzymes, e.g., kinases, proteases, and ubiquitin ligases, has also been emerging. Alterations in the activity of these enzymes may underlie the initiation and/or progression of diseases such as cancer.
- Methods of detecting biological activities and substances using bioluminescent proteins have recently been developed. For example, protein phosphorylation events can be detected using fusion proteins containing GFP (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,958,713) or luciferase, aequorin and obelin (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,683,888). Light-generating moieties have been introduced into mammals to specifically localize events such as parasite infection (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,135).
- How cells sense changes in ambient oxygen is a central problem in biology. In mammalian cells, lack of oxygen, or hypoxia, leads to the stabilization of a sequence-specific DNA-binding transcription factor called HIF (hypoxia-inducible factor), which transcriptionally activates a variety of genes linked to processes such as angiogenesis and glucose metabolism.
- Tissue ischemia is a major cause of morbidity and mortality. Ischemia can result from chronic hypoxia brought on by lack of blood supply to the tissue occurring from, for example, stroke, deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolus, and renal failure. Ischemic tissue is also found in tumors.
- HIF binds to DNA as a heterodimer consisting of an alpha subunit and a beta subunit (also called aryl hydrocarbon receptor nuclear translocator or ARNT). The alpha subunit is rapidly polyubiquitinated and degraded in the presence of oxygen whereas the beta subunit is constitutively stable. von Hippel-Lindau (VHL) disease is a hereditary cancer syndrome characterized by the development of highly vascular tumors that overproduce hypoxia-inducible mRNAs such as vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF). The product of the VHL tumor suppressor gene, pVHL, is a component of multiprotein complex that contains elongin B, elongin C, Cu12, and Rbx1. This complex bears structural and functional similarity to SCF (Skp1/Cdc53 or CullinIF-box) ubiquitin ligases. In the presence of oxygen pVHL binds directly to HIFα subunits and targets them for polyubiquitination and destruction. Cells lacking functional pVHL cannot degrade HIF and thus overproduce mRNAs encoded by HIF target genes.
- Progress has also been made in recent years towards understanding the molecular mechanisms in control of cell proliferation. Aberrant cell proliferation is a hallmark event in the onset and progression of diseases such as cancer. Progression through the mammalian cell-cycle is linked to the orchestrated appearance and destruction of cyclins. Different cyclins are associated with different cell-cycle transitions. For example, cyclin E is active in late G1 and early S-phase, cyclin A is active in S-phase, and cyclin B is active in mitosis. Cyclins bind to cyclin-dependent kinases (cdks). In this context, cyclins activate the catalytic activity of their partner cdk(s) and also play roles in substrate recognition.
- Some transcriptional regulatory proteins, such as the pRB homologs p107 and p130, the E2F family members E2F1, E2F2, and E2F3, the transcriptional coactivator p300, and NPAT (nuclear protein mapped to the AT locus) form stable complexes with cyclin A/cdk2 and/or cyclin E/cdk2. All of these proteins bind directly or indirectly to DNA. Thus, such complexes might serve as vehicles for increasing the concentration of cyclin A/cdk2 or cyclin E/cdk2 at certain sites within the genome. As such, cyclin A/cdk2 and cyclin E/cdk2 might play relatively direct roles in processes such as transcription and DNA replication. These two processes are fundamental in normal cell proliferation and are perturbed during aberrant cell proliferation, such as in cancer.
- The invention relates in part to the discovery of light-generating fusion proteins (or a cell expressing the light-generating fusion protein), wherein the light-generating fusion protein features a ligand binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety. The light-generating fusion protein (“LGP”) has a feature where the light generation of the light-generating polypeptide moiety changes upon binding of a ligand at the ligand binding site. The ligand may be active in an environment only under certain conditions, e.g., in a hypoxic state, such that the light-generating fusion protein is “turned” on or off only under such conditions.
- The light-generating fusion proteins of the invention may be used for screening for modulators of activity or latency of (or predisposition to) disorders such as hypoxia, cancer, diabetes, heart disease or stroke. For example, a test compound may be administered to a test animal at increased risk for such a disorder, wherein the test animal recombinantly expresses a light-generating fusion protein, allowing for localization of the light-generating fusion protein, detecting the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal after administering the test compound, and comparing the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal with the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in a control animal not administered the test compound. A change in the activity of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal relative to the control animal indicates the test compound may be a modulator of, e.g., prolyl hydroxylase.
- The effects of an anti-hypoxic compound in vivo may be determined in another embodiment, by administering to a subject, e.g., mammalian, a light-generating fusion protein comprising an ubiquitin ligase binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety or a cell expressing the light-generating fusion protein, allowing for localization of the light-generating fusion protein or cell in hypoxic tissue in the subject; and measuring the luminescence of the localized light-generating fusion protein from the hypoxic tissue.
- Methods in accordance with the invention are also provided for determining the effects of an anti-cell proliferation compound under study in a mammalian subject, by administering to a test subject a light-generating fusion protein containing a cyclin/cdk binding site or a cell expressing the light-generating fusion protein of the invention, allowing for localization of the fusion protein or cell, measuring luminescence from the localized light-generating fusion protein; and imaging the localized light-generating fusion protein, thereby determining the effects of the anti-cell proliferation compound.
- Cyclin/cdk activity may be assayed in another embodiment of the invention wherein a test sample is contacted with a light-generating fusion protein comprising a cyclin/cdk binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety; and thereafter the presence or amount of cyclin/cdk activity in said test sample is determined by measuring the luminescence of the test sample.
- The invention yet further relates to DNA constructs, including an isolated DNA encoding a modified LGP wherein one or more amino acids have been substituted, inserted or deleted to provide a ligand binding site such as a ubiquitin ligase or protease recognition site, wherein fluorescence of the LGP changes upon binding of a ligand to the ligand binding site.
- The invention also relates to light-generating fusion proteins having a ligand binding site, such as a ubiquitin ligase binding site, or a HIF1α polypeptide moiety; and a light generating polypeptide moiety. Another embodiment features a light-generating fusion protein with a cyclin/cdk binding site, a suicide protein polypeptide moiety, and a light-generating polypeptide moiety; and a light-generating fusion protein comprising a protein dimerization domain and a light-generating protein moiety. In a preferred embodiment, the light-generating fusion proteins have the property that upon ligand binding to the ligand binding site, the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety is changed without altering the phosphorylational state of the fusion protein.
- The invention further relates to fusion proteins including a HIF1α polypeptide moiety or cyclin/cdk binding site, and a suicide protein polypeptide moiety. A light-generating polypeptide moiety may optionally be included. These protein constructs may be used to selectively target certain cells, e.g., hypoxic tumor cells, for destruction. For example, the invention includes methods of treating hypoxic or ischemic disorders by administering to a subject an effective amount of a fusion protein comprising a HIFα polypeptide moiety having a binding affinity for prolyl hydroxylase, and a suicide polypeptide moiety, such that the hypoxic or ischemic disorder is treated. Methods of killing hypoxic tumor cells, wherein an effective amount of the fusion/suicide protein is administered to a subject, such that the hypoxic tumor cells are killed; and methods of treating cell-proliferating disorders by administering to a subject an effective amount of a fusion protein comprising a cyclin/cdk binding site and a suicide protein polypeptide moiety, such that the cell-proliferating disorder is treated, are also contemplated.
- The treatment of cell-proliferating disorders may be monitored by an embodiment of the invention, e.g., by administering to a subject an effective amount of a fusion protein comprising a HIFα polypeptide moiety having a binding affinity for prolyl hydroxylase, a suicide polypeptide moiety, and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the light generation of the light-generating fusion protein changes upon binding of prolyl hydroxylase to the HIFα polypeptide moiety, such that the cell-proliferating disorder is treated, and monitoring the ability of the fusion protein to inhibit cell proliferation by measuring the light generated by the light-generating fusion protein. Alternately, treatment of cell-proliferating disorders may be monitored by administering to a subject an effective amount of a light-generating fusion protein comprising a cyclin/cdk binding site, a suicide protein polypeptide moiety, and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the light generation of the light generating fusion protein changes upon binding of a cyclin to the cyclin/cdk binding site, such that said cell-proliferating disorder is treated; and monitoring the ability of the fusion protein to inhibit cell proliferation by measuring the light generated by the light-generating fusion protein.
- Other embodiments of the invention include a cyclin/cdk binding site and a light generating polypeptide moiety; and a protease binding site and a light-generating protein moiety. Antibodies specific for a protein complex comprising HIF1α and pVHL are also detailed as within the present invention.
-
FIGS. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are schematic representations of different fusion proteins of the present invention. -
FIGS. 2A and 2B are second schematic representations of different fusion proteins of the invention. -
FIGS. 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D shows pVHL binding to a modified form of HIF. -
FIGS. 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D shows pVHL binding to a HIF1α-derived peptide if Leu562 and Pro564 are intact. -
FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 5C shows ubiquitination and degradation of HIF linked to Leu562 and Pro 564. -
FIGS. 6A, 6B, 6C, and 6D depicts proline hydroxylation linked to pVHL-binding. -
FIGS. 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D illustrates pVHL specifically recognizing HIF1α with hydroxylated proline 564. -
FIGS. 8A, 8B, and 8C illustrates the production of TETr-cyclins A and E. -
FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C shows DNA bound cyclins A and E differentially affecting transcription. -
FIGS. 10A, 10B, and 10C illustrates transcriptional regulation by cyclins A and E dependent upon DNA binding. -
FIGS. 11A, 11B, and 11C depicts cyclin box is required for transcriptional repression by DNA bound cyclin A. -
FIGS. 12A, 12B, and 12C illustrates that transcriptional activation by cyclin E is linked to its ability to bind to cdk2 and interact with substrates. -
FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13C shows that transcriptional activation by DNA bound cyclin E depends on cdk2 catalytic activity. -
FIGS. 14A-1, 14A-2, 14A-3, 14A-4, 14A-5, 14A-6, 14A-7, 14B, and 14C shows transcriptional effects mediated by cell-cycle dependent changes in endogenous cyclins E and A. -
FIGS. 15-18 illustrate the results obtained in Example 2. -
FIG. 19 illustrates the wild type sequence of HIF1α, Accession No. Q16665 (SEQ ID NO:23). -
FIG. 20 is a schematic representation of a nucleic acid encoding a light-generating fusion protein of the invention. - “Light-generating” or “luminescent” includes the property of generating light through a chemical reaction or through the absorption of radiation, including phosphorescence, fluorescence, and bioluminescence.
- “Light” includes electromagnetic radiation having a wavelength of between about 300 nm and about 1100 nm.
- “Non-invasive” methods for detecting localization in a subject does not include largely invasive methods such as conventional surgery or biopsy.
- “Light-generating fusion protein” includes proteins of the invention having a light generating or luminescent portion, i.e., a light-generating polypeptide moiety and a ligand binding site. In general, when a ligand of interest binds to the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein, the light-generating properties of the light-generating polypeptide moiety change, either going from “dark” to “light”, or vice versa.
- “Light-generating polypeptide moiety” includes any protein known to those of ordinary skill in the art to provide a readily detectable source of light when present in stable form. Non-limiting examples include light-generating proteins described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,683,888, 5,958,713, and 5,650,135, e.g., ferredoxin IV, green fluorescent protein, red fluorescent protein, yellow fluorescent protein, blue fluorescent protein, the luciferase family and the aequorin family. In a preferred embodiment, the light-generating polypeptide moiety is a protein such as green fluorescent protein, red fluorescent protein, yellow fluorescent protein and blue fluorescent protein.
- “Colinear effector site” includes regions of the light-generating polypeptide moiety that, when acted on by events subsequent to ligand binding, cause the light-generating polypeptide moiety to change its present light-emitting state (i.e., on or off). These regions making up the colinear effector site may do this by, e.g., conformational distortion, chemical modification, e.g., ubiquitination of a residue or residues in the colinear effector site, or by cleavage of a portion of all or part of the colinear effector site.
- “Having binding character for prolyl hydroxylase” refers to a property making HIFα polypeptide moieties suitable for, e.g., screening methods of the invention and includes HIF polypeptide sequences suitable or adapted for prolyl hydroxylase binding as well as native or wild-type HIF sequences to which pVHL has recognized and bound.
- “Having binding character for ubiquitin ligase” refers to a property making HIFα polypeptide moieties suitable for, e.g., screening methods of the invention, e.g., including native HIF polypeptide sequences having hydroxylated proline residues hydroxylated by prolyl hydroxylase, or, e.g., “HIF1α polypeptide moieties” as defined herein.
- “Localization” includes determining the particular region of the subject of an entity of interest, e.g., a tumor.
- “Kemptide” includes a synthetic cAMP peptide substrate corresponding to part of the phosphyorylation site sequence in porcine liver pyruvate kinase. “Malantide” includes cAMP-dependent protein kinase and protein kinase C substrate in various tissues.
- “Small molecule” includes compositions that have a molecular weight of less than about 5 kD and most preferably less than about 4 kD. Small molecules can be, e.g., nucleic acids, peptides, polypeptides, peptidomimetics, carbohydrates, lipids or other organic or inorganic molecules. “Spread of infection” includes the spreading and colonization by a pathogen of host sites other than the initial infection site. The term can also include, however, growth in size and/or number of the pathogen at the initial infection site.
- “Ligand” includes a molecule, a small molecule, a biomolecule, a drug, a peptide, a polypeptide, a protein, a protein complex, an antibody, a nucleic acid, or a cell.
- “Ligand binding site” includes the location on the light-generating fusion protein to which a ligand binds, whereupon the light-generating polypeptide moiety is activated or inactivated as a direct or indirect consequence of ligand binding Binding to the ligand binding site may be direct or indirect, e.g., via protein dimerization in conjunction with other proteins, as described hereinbelow.
- “Targeting moiety” includes moieties which allow the light-generating fusion protein of the invention to be selectively delivered to a target organ or organs. For example, if delivery of a therapeutic compound to the brain is desired, the carrier molecule may include a moiety capable of targeting the compound to the brain, by either active or passive transport. Illustratively, the carrier molecule may include a redox moiety, as described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,540,564 and 5,389,623, both to Bodor. These patents disclose drugs linked to dihydropyridine moieties which can enter the brain, where they are oxidized to a charged pyridinium species which is trapped in the brain. Thus, compound accumulates in the brain. Many targeting moieties are known, and include, for example, asialoglycoproteins (see, e.g. Wu, U.S. Pat. No. 5,166,320) and other ligands which are transported into cells via receptor-mediated endocytosis. Targeting moieties may be covalently or non-covalently bound to a light-generating fusion protein. The targeting moiety may also be attached to a vector.
- “Bioluminescent” molecules or moieties include luminescent substances which utilize chemical energy to produce light.
- “Fluorescent” molecules or moieties include those which are luminescent via a single electronically excited state, which is of very short duration after removal of the source of radiation. The wavelength of the emitted fluorescence light is longer than that of the exciting illumination (Stokes' Law), because part of the exciting light is converted into heat by the fluorescent molecule.
- “Entities” include, without limitation, small molecules such as cyclic organic molecules; macromolecules such as proteins; polymers; proteins; polysaccharides; nucleic acids; particles, inert materials; organelles; microorganisms such as viruses, bacteria, yeast and fungi; cells, e.g., eukaryotic cells; embryos; prions; tumors; all types of pathogens and pathogenic substances; and particles such as beads and liposomes. In another aspect, entities may be all or some of the cells that constitute the mammalian subject being imaged, e.g., diseased or damaged tissue, or compounds or molecules produced by those cells, or by a condition under study. Entities for which the invention has particular utility include tumors, proliferating cells, pathogens, and cellular environments comprising hypoxic tissue.
- “Infectious agents” include parasites, viruses, fungi, bacteria or prions.
- “Promoter induction event” includes an event that results in the direct or indirect induction of a selected inducible promoter.
- “Heterologous gene” includes a gene which has been transfected into a host organism. Typically, a heterologous gene refers to a gene that is not originally derived from the transfected or transformed cells' genomic DNA.
- “Opaque medium” includes a medium that is “traditionally” opaque, not necessarily absolutely opaque. Accordingly, an opaque medium includes a medium that is commonly considered to be neither transparent nor translucent, and includes items such as a wood board, and flesh and skin of a mammal.
- “HIFα polypeptide moiety” includes all or part of the amino acid sequence of HIF1α, HIF2α, or HIF3α.
- “HIF1α polypeptide moiety” includes all or part of the amino acid sequence of HIF1α, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 23, the amino acid sequence corresponding to the N-terminal residues 1-600 of HIF1α, numbered in accordance with wild-type HIF1α, wherein either or both of residues 402 and 564 are proline or hydroxylated proline, or an 80 to 120, 20 to 30, 12 to 14, or 4 to 12 amino acid sequence corresponding to the residues adjacent to and/or surrounding residue 402 and/or 564, inclusive, of HIF1α, wherein residues 402 and/or 564 is proline or hydroxylated proline.
- The invention relates in part to methods and compositions relating to detecting, localizing and quantifying enzyme activities and protein-protein interactions in vivo, in vitro and in silico using light-emitting fusion proteins. The fusion proteins contain domains capable of binding by enzymes and other ligands, and of being modified as a consequence of this binding. The light generating domains include, without limitation, regions from fluorescent proteins and bioluminescent proteins. Light emission is detected by known methods, such as detection with suitable instrumentation (such as a CCD camera) in vivo, in vitro or in silico, such as in a living cell or intact organism, a cell culture system, a tissue section, or an array.
- Light-generating fusion proteins of the invention are capable of taking part in a luminescent reaction whereby different biological, biochemical, chemical and physical events are measured. The light-generating fusion protein is capable of being modified such that it does or does not emit light or cause light to be emitted. Light-generating fusion proteins include a ligand binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the bioluminescence of the polypeptide moiety changes upon binding of a ligand at the ligand binding site.
- Without wishing to be bound by interpretation, the ligand binding site acts as in a sense as a “switch” for the light-generating polypeptide moiety, i.e., when the ligand binds to the ligand binding site, the light-generating polypeptide moiety emits light, or alternately, ceases to do so upon ligand binding. The “switching” on or off, in embodiment, may be done by means of a “colinear effector site” which includes regions of the light-generating polypeptide moiety that, when acted on by events subsequent to ligand binding, cause the light-generating polypeptide moiety to change its present light-emitting state (i.e., on or off). The regions making up the colinear effector site may do this by, e.g., conformational distortion, chemical modification, e.g., ubiquitination of a residue or residues in the colinear effector site, or by cleavage of a portion of all or part of the colinear effector site.
- The invention further provides methods for testing putative inhibitor compounds for activity (“screening”) in promoting HIF stabilization, e.g.; contacting the compound, ischemic tissue, and the fusion protein of the invention under conditions appropriate to detect the fusion protein if the compound promotes HIF stabilization. The method (also referred to herein as a “screening assay”) can be used for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) that promote HIF stabilization. The invention also includes compounds identified in the screening assays described herein, and pharmaceutical compositions for treatments as described herein.
- Other screening methods are also part of the invention. For example, modulators of activity or latency of, or predisposition to disorders may be identified by administering a test compound to a test animal at increased risk for a disorder (e.g., cancer, diabetes, heart disease, stroke, or a hypoxia-related disorder), wherein the test animal recombinantly expresses a light generating fusion protein comprising a ligand binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the light generation of the light-generating fusion protein changes upon binding of a ligand at the ligand binding site, and the ligand binding site recognizes a ligand on an entity associated with a disorder, or a product of the disorder; allowing for localization of the light-generating fusion protein and an entity, wherein contact between the ligand binding site and a ligand associated with the disorder causes a modification of a colinear effector site which alters the light generation of the light-generating polypeptide moiety; detecting the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal after administering the compound; and comparing the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal with the luminescence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in a control animal, wherein a change in the activity of the light-generating polypeptide moiety in the test animal relative to the control indicates the test compound is a modulator of latency of or predisposition to, the disorder in question.
- The invention advantageously may be used to non-invasively determine the effects of an anti-hypoxic compound in vivo. A light-generating fusion protein of the invention, or a cell expressing same, comprising an ubiquitin ligase binding site and a light-generating polypeptide moiety, wherein the light generation of the light-generating fusion protein changes upon binding of a ubiquitin ligase at the ubiquitin ligase binding site, the ubiquitin ligase binding site recognizing a ubiquitin ligase present in hypoxic conditions in hypoxic tissue is administered to a subject. Localization of the light-generating fusion protein or cell in hypoxic tissue in the subject (wherein contact between the ubiquitin ligase binding site and a ubiquitin ligase causes a modification of a colinear effector site which alters the light generation of the light-generating polypeptide moiety) is allowed to occur, and the ability of the candidate compound to inhibit hypoxia is determined, by measuring the luminescence of the localized light-generating fusion protein.
- The invention further relates to methods of identifying or detecting prolyl hydroxylation, wherein the substrate peptide (or polypeptide) is contacted with pVHL, wherein the amount of pVHL bound reflects the degree of hydroxylation. In one embodiment, the peptide corresponds to HIF1a 555-575. The HIF peptide can be immobilized (for example, on a nitrocellulose filter or at the bottom of a 96 well plate) or free in solution. Binding to pVHL can be monitored using a variety of standard methods familiar to those skilled in the art.
- In another embodiment, the invention relates to methods of identifying or detecting prolyl hydroxylation, wherein the substrate peptide or polypeptide is contacted with an antibody, wherein the amount of antibody bound reflects the degree of hydroxylation. In one embodiment, the peptide corresponds to HIF1α 555-575. The HIF peptide may be immobilized (for example, on a nitrocellulose filter or at the bottom of a 96 well plate) or free in solution. Binding to the antibody can be monitored using a variety of standard methods familiar to those skilled in the art.
- Yet another embodiment of the invention relates to methods of identifying or detecting prolyl hydroxylation wherein a polypeptide is translated in the presence of labeled, e.g., radioactive, proline and a prolyl hydroxylase, hydrolyzing the resulting labeled polypeptide, and detecting labeled hydroxyproline incorporation by analytical means, such as thin layer chromatography.
- A further embodiment of the invention relates to methods of identifying or detecting prolyl hydroxylation wherein the substrate peptide (or polypeptide) is contacted with a source of prolyl hydroxylase in the presence or absence of putative inhibitors, and the degree of prolyl hydroxylation is monitored as described in anyone of the above three paragraphs. In one embodiment, the peptide corresponds to HIF1α 555-575, and the prolyl hydroxylase consists of a mammalian cell extract. In another embodiment, the peptide corresponds to HIF1α 555-575 and the prolyl hydroxylase consists of purified or partially purified Eg19. Further, particularly useful embodiments relate to small molecule inhibitors of prolyl hydroxylation such as identified using this method, and use of the inhibitors to treat diseases characterized by ischemia.
- The test compounds of the invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the “one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds. See, e.g., Lam, 1997. Anticancer Drug Design 12: 145.
- Libraries of chemical and/or biological mixtures, such as fungal, bacterial, or algal extracts, are known in the art and can be screened with any of the assays of the invention. Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt, et al., 1993. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90: 6909; Erb, et al., 1994. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91: 11422; Zuckermann, et al., 1994. J. Med. Chem. 37: 2678; Cho, et al., 1993. Science 261: 1303; Carrell, et al., 1994. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2059; Carell, et al., 1994. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33: 2061; and Gallop, et al., 1994. J. Med. Chem. 37: 1233.
- Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten, 1992. Biotechniques 13: 412-421), or on beads (Lam, 1991. Nature 354: 82-84), on chips (Fodor, 1993. Nature 364: 555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,233,409), plasmids (Cull, et al., 1992. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith, 1990. Science 249: 386-390; Devlin, 1990. Science 249:404-406; Cwirla, et al., 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 87: 6378-6382; Felici, 1991. J. Mol. Biol. 222: 301-310; Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,233,409.).
- Modulation of prolyl hydroxylase has a variety of uses. Inhibiting prolyl hydroxylase may facilitate cell cycle progression and the production of a number of proteins which promote angiogenesis and/or promote cellular survival or cellular function in hypoxia, a desirable outcome in the treatment of certain clinical conditions, particularly ischemic conditions such as coronary, cerebral and vascular insufficiency.
- VHL used in assays of the invention may be any suitable mammalian VHL, particularly human VHL. Human VHL has been cloned and sources of the gene can be readily identified by those of ordinary skill in the art. Its sequence is available as Genbank accession numbers AF010238 and L15409. Other mammalian VHLs are also available, such as murine VHL (accession number U12570) and rat (accession numbers U14746 and S80345). Non-mammalian homologues include the VHL-like protein of C. elegans, accession number F08G12. VHL gene sequences may also be obtained by routine cloning techniques, for example by using all or part of the human VHL gene sequence as a probe to recover and to determine the sequence of the VHL gene in other species. A wide variety of techniques are available for this, for example, PCR amplification and cloning of the gene using a suitable source of mRNA (e.g., from an embryo or a liver cell), obtaining a cDNA library from a mammalian, vertebrate, invertebrate or fungal source, e.g., a cDNA library from one of the above-mentioned sources, probing the library with a polynucleotide of the invention under stringent conditions, and recovering a cDNA encoding all or part of the VHL protein of that mammal. Suitable stringent conditions include hybridization on a solid support (filter) overnight incubation at 420° C. in a solution containing 50% formamide, 5×SSC (750 mM NaC1, 75 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5×Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate and 20 μg/m1 salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing in 0.03 M sodium chloride and 0.03 M sodium citrate (i.e. 0.2×SSC) at from about 50° C. to about 60° C.). Where a partial cDNA is obtained, the full length coding sequence may be determined by primer extension techniques.
- It is not necessary to use the entire VHL protein (including their mutants and other variants). Fragments of the VHL may be used, provided such fragments retain the ability to interact with the target domain of the HIFα subunit. Fragments of VHL may be generated in any suitable way known to those of skill in the art. Suitable ways include, but are not limited to, recombinant expression of a fragment of the DNA encoding the VHL. Such fragments may be generated by taking DNA encoding the VHL, identifying suitable restriction enzyme recognition sites either side of the portion to be expressed, and cutting out that portion from the DNA. The portion may then be operably linked to a suitable promoter in a standard commercially available expression system. Another recombinant approach is to amplify the relevant portion of the DNA with suitable PCR primers. Small fragments of the VHL (up to about 20 or 30 amino acids) may also be generated using peptide synthesis methods which are well known in the art. Generally fragments will be at least 40, preferably at least 50, 60, 70, 80 or 100 amino acids in size.
- The HIFα subunit protein may be any human or other mammalian protein, or fragment thereof which has the ability to bind to a wild type full length VHL protein, such that the binding is able, in a normoxic cellular environment, to target the a subunit for destruction.
- A number of HIFα subunit proteins have been cloned. These include HIF1α, the sequence of which is available as Genbank accession number U22431, HIF2α, available as Genbank accession number U81984 and HIF3α, available as Genbank accession numbers AC007193 and AC079154. These are all human HIFα subunit proteins. HIFα subunit proteins from other species, including murine HIF1α (accession numbers AF003695, US9496 and X95580), rat HIF1α (accession number Y09507), murine HIF2α (accession numbers U81983 and D89787) and murine HIF3α (accession number AF060194). Other mammalian, vertebrate, invertebrate or fungal homologues may be obtained by techniques similar to those described above for obtaining VHL homologues.
- Variants of the HIFα subunits may be used, such as synthetic variants which have at least 45% amino acid identity to a naturally occurring HIFα subunit (particularly a human HIFα subunit), preferably at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 98% identity.
- Fragments of the HIFα subunit protein and its variants may be used, provided that the fragments retain the ability to interact with a wild-type VHL, preferably wild-type human VHL. Such fragments are desirably at least 20, preferably at least 40, 50, 75, 100, 200, 250 or 400 amino acids in size. Alternately, such fragments may be 12 to 14 amino acids in size, or as small as four amino acids. Most desirably such fragments include the region 555-575 found in human HIF1α or its equivalent regions in other HIFα subunit proteins. Optionally the fragments also include one or more domains of the protein responsible for transactivation. Reference herein to a HIFα subunit protein includes the above mentioned mutants and fragments which are functionally able to bind VHL protein unless the context is explicitly to the contrary.
- The percentage homology (also referred to as identity) of DNA and amino acid sequences can be calculated using commercially available algorithms. The following programs (provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information) may be used to determine homologies: BLAST, gapped BLAST and PSI-BLAST, which may be used with default parameters. The algorithm GAP (Genetics Computer Group, Madison, Wis.) uses the Needleman and Wunsch algorithm to align two complete sequences that maximizes the number of matches and minimizes the number of gaps. Generally, the default parameters are used, with a gap creation penalty=12 and gap extension penalty=4. Use of either of the terms “homology” and “homologous” herein does not imply any necessary evolutionary relationship between compared sequences, in keeping for example with standard use of terms such as “homologous recombination” which merely requires that two nucleotide sequences are sufficiently similar to recombine under the appropriate conditions.
- The precise format of the screening assays may be varied using routine skill and knowledge. The amount of VHL, HIFα subunit and, where required, further components, may be varied depending upon the scale of the assay. In general, the person of skill in the art will select relatively equimolar amounts of the two components, say from 1:10 to 100:1, preferably from 1:1 to 10:1 molar ratio of VHL to HIFα subunit. However there may be particular assay formats which can be practiced outside this range.
- Where assays of the invention are performed within cells, the cells may be treated to provide or enhance a normoxic environment. By “normoxic” it is meant levels of oxygen similar to those found in normal air, e.g. about 21% O2 and 5% CO2, the balance being nitrogen. Of course, these exact proportions do not have to be used, and may be varied independently of each other. Generally a range of from 10-30% oxygen, 1-10% CO2 and a balance of nitrogen or other relatively inert and non-toxic gas may be used. Normoxia may be induced or enhanced in cells, for example by culturing the cells in the presence of hydrogen peroxide as described above.
- Alternatively, or by way of controls, cells may also be cultured under hypoxic conditions. By “hypoxic” it is meant an environment with reduced levels of oxygen. Most preferably oxygen levels in cell culture will be 0.1 to 1.0% for the provision of a hypoxic state. Hypoxia may be induced in cells simply by culturing the cells in the presence of lowered oxygen levels. The cells may also be treated with compounds which mimic hypoxia and cause up regulation of HIFα subunit expression. Such compounds include iron chelators, cobalt (II), nickel (II) or manganese (II), all of which may be used at a concentration of 20 to 500 μM, such as 100 μM. Iron chelators include desferrioxamine, O-phenanthroline or hydroxypyridinones (e.g. 1,2-diethyl hydroxypyridinone (CP94) or 1,2-dimethyl hydroxypyridinone (CP20).
- Cells in which assays of the invention may be preformed include eukaryotic cells, such as yeast, insect, mammalian, primate and human cells. Mammalian cells may be primary cells or transformed cells, including tumor cell lines. The cells may be modified to express or not to express other proteins which are known to interact with HIF (x subunit proteins and VHL protein, for example Elongin C and Elongin B proteins in the case of VHL and ARNT protein, in the case of HIFα subunit protein.)
- In cell free systems such additional proteins may be included, for example by being provided by expression from suitable recombinant expression vectors.
- In assays performed in cells, it will be desirable to achieve sufficient expression of VHL to recruit sufficient HIFα subunit to a complex such that the effect of a putative modulator compound may be measured. The level of expression of VHL and HIFα subunit may be varied within fairly wide limits, so that the intracellular levels of the two may vary by a wide ratio, for example from 1:10 to 1000:1, preferably 1:1 to 100:1, molar ratio of VHL to HIFα subunit.
- The amount of putative modulator compound which may be added to an assay of the invention will normally be determined by trial and error depending upon the type of compound used. Typically, from about 0.01 to 100 μM concentrations of putative modulator compound may be used, for example from 0.1 to 10 μM. Modulator compounds may be those which either agonize or antagonize the interaction. Antagonists (inhibitors) of the interaction are particularly desirable.
- Modulator compounds which may be used may be natural or synthetic chemical compounds used in drug screening programs. Extracts of plants which contain several characterized or uncharacterized components may also be used.
- The invention provides methods for determining hypoxic conditions, cancer or infection in an individual to thereby select appropriate therapeutic or prophylactic agents for that individual (referred to herein as “pharmacogenomics”). Pharmacogenomics allows for the selection of agents (e.g., drugs) for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of an individual based on the genotype of the individual (e.g., the genotype of the individual examined to determine the ability of the individual to respond to a particular agent.) Yet another aspect of the invention pertains to monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs, compounds) on hypoxic conditions, cancer or infection in clinical trials.
- Thus, the diagnostic methods described herein can furthermore be utilized to identify subjects having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with hypoxic conditions, cancer or infection. Furthermore, the prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject should be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with hypoxic conditions, cancer or infection.
- The selection of a light-generating polypeptide moiety of the light-generating fusion protein should be done so as to produce light capable of penetrating animal tissue such that it can be detected externally in a non-invasive manner. The ability of light to pass through a medium such as animal tissue (composed mostly of water) is determined primarily by the light's intensity and wavelength.
- The more intense the light produced in a unit volume, the easier the light will be to detect. The intensity of light produced in a unit volume depends on the spectral characteristics of individual light-generating polypeptide moieties, and on the concentration of those moieties in the unit volume. Accordingly, schemes that place a high concentration of light-generating polypeptide moieties in or on an entity (such as high-efficiency loading of a liposome or high-level expression of a light-generating fusion protein in a cell) typically produce brighter light-generating fusion proteins (LGPs), which are easier to detect through deeper layers of tissue, than schemes which conjugate, for example, only a single LGM onto each entity.
- A second factor governing detectability through a layer of tissue is the wavelength of the emitted light. Water may be used to approximate the absorption characteristics of animal tissue, since most tissues are composed primarily of water. It is well known that water transmits longer-wavelength light (in the red range) more readily than it does shorter wavelength light.
- Accordingly, light-generating polypeptide moieties which emit light in the range of yellow to red (550-1100 nm) are typically preferable to those which emit at shorter wavelengths. However, excellent results can be achieved in practicing the present invention with LGMs that emit in the range of 486 nm, despite the fact that this is not an optimal emission wavelength.
- Fluorescence-Based Moieties.
- Because fluorescent molecules require input of light in order to luminesce, their use in the invention may be more involved than the use of bioluminescent molecules. Precautions are typically taken to shield the excitatory light so as not to contaminate the fluorescence photon signal being detected from the subject. Obvious precautions include the placement of an excitation filter at the radiation source. An appropriately-selected excitation filter blocks the majority of photons having a wavelength similar to that of the photons emitted by the fluorescent moiety. Similarly, a barrier filter is employed at the detector to screen out most of the photons having wavelengths other than that of the fluorescence photons. Filters such as those described above can be obtained from a variety of commercial sources, including Omega Optical, Inc. (Brattleboro, Vt.).
- Alternatively, a laser producing high intensity light near the appropriate excitation wavelength, but not near the fluorescence emission wavelength, can be used to excite the fluorescent moieties. An x-y translation mechanism may be employed so that the laser can scan the subject, for example, as in a confocal microscope.
- As an additional precaution, the radiation source may be placed behind the subject and shielded, such that the only radiation photons reaching the site of the detector are those that pass all the way through the subject. Furthermore, detectors may be selected that have a reduced sensitivity to wavelengths of light used to excite the fluorescent moiety.
- An advantage of small fluorescent molecules is that they are less likely to interfere with the bioactivity of the entity to which they are attached than would a larger light-generating moiety. In addition, commercially-available fluorescent molecules can be obtained with a variety of excitation and emission spectra that are suitable for use with the present invention. For example, Molecular Probes (Eugene, Oreg.) sells a number of fluorophores, including Lucifer Yellow (abs. at 428 nm, and emits at 535 nm) and Nile Red (abs. at 551 nm and emits at 636 nm). Further, the molecules can be obtained derivatized with a variety of groups for use with various conjugation schemes (e.g., from Molecular Probes).
- Bioluminescence-Based Moieties.
- The subjects of chemiluminescence (luminescence as a result of a chemical reaction) and bioluminescence (visible luminescence from living organisms) have, in many aspects, been thoroughly studied.
- An advantage of bioluminescent moieties over fluorescent moieties is that there is virtually no background in the signal. The only light detected is light that is produced by the exogenous bioluminescent moiety. In contrast, the light used to excite a fluorescent molecule often results in the fluorescence of substances other than the intended target. This is particularly true when the “background” is as complex as the internal environment of a living animal.
- Ligands include, in a preferred embodiment, enzymes which are capable of modifying a light-generating polypeptide moiety such that it does or ceases to emit light when modified. In use, this happens when, e.g., the light-generating fusion protein comes in contact with a ligand on an entity or produced by the entity, and the ligand binds to the ligand binding site, altering the light-generating properties of the light-generating polypeptide moiety. Examples include the following.
- In an especially useful embodiment of the present invention, a light-generating fusion protein comprising a binding site for an E3 ubiquitin ligase and a light-generating polypeptide moiety capable of being modified by E3 at a modification site can be used for diagnostic and treatment purposes. Ubiquitin ligases (e.g., E3) bind to colinear ‘T’ (see
FIG. 1 ) present on their substrates. Examples include the SCF (Skp1/Cdc53/F-box) ubiquitin ligases, the VBC (pVHL/elongin B/elongin C) ubiquitin ligase, and the MDM2 ubiquitin ligase. It is already established that light-generating proteins such as GFP and luciferase can be fused to heterologous polypeptides without loss of activity. In some embodiments, the light-generating polypeptide moiety may be modified to include a surface exposed lysine residue accessible as a ubiquitin acceptor site. In a First embodiment, a light-generating fusion protein of the invention may be used to monitor ischemia in living tissues and animals. The First embodiment comprises a polypeptide derived from the HIFα (hypoxia-inducible factor 1α) which acts as a binding site for VBC. This binding site is only recognized by VBC in the presence of oxygen as a result of proline hydroxylation. The light-generating fusion protein of the First embodiment is advantageously stable in hypoxic cells, but unstable in well oxygenated cells. In a related embodiment, the HIF-derived polypeptide described above may be fused to a suicide moiety such as a protein (such as HSV TK or an adenoviral protein like E1A), which can be used in selective killing of ischemic cells (such as in a solid tumor). - Binding and/or modification sites are well-known in the art for a variety of kinases including cyclin-dependent kinases, ATM/ATR, JNK kinases, and receptor tyrosine kinases. In one embodiment, a light-generating fusion protein may be fused to a binding site for a kinase of interest. In some embodiments, it is useful to introduce one or more binding sites for a selected kinase into the light-generating fusion protein. By way of example, since phosphorylated serine, threonine, and tyrosine, by virtue of their negative charges, frequently mimic aspartic acid and/or glutamic acid residues, individual aspartic acid and glutamic acid residues are replaced with serine, threonine, or tyrosine (in the context of the kinase modification site). Such substitutions may be made singly and in combination. In another embodiment, the modification site can be empirically determined by carrying out a linker scan of the light-generating protein using a linker encoding the kinase modification site. In yet another embodiment the light-generating polypeptide moiety is mutagenized (either random or targeted mutagenesis) to generate modification sites in which the light-generating polypeptide moiety is selectively inactivated or activated by the kinase; this mutagenesis is performed using cells (such as yeast) rendered conditional for the kinase. In still yet another embodiment, a kinase modification site is designed in silico based on comparison of the binding site of the selected kinase to the primary sequence of the light-generating polypeptide moiety, coupled with knowledge of the three dimensional structure of the light-generating polypeptide moiety.
- In an additional embodiment described below, a light-generating polypeptide moiety is fused to a polypeptide recognized by a cyclin/cdk2 complex. This enzyme phosphorylates serine or threonine with an absolute requirement for proline in the +1 position. By way of example, GFP contains 13 proline residues including one threonine-proline site and two aspartic acid-proline sites. In one embodiment, a light-generating protein (e.g., GFP) is fused to a cyclin/cdk2 binding site such as Y-Lys-X1-Leu-K-X2-Leu-Y′ (SEQ ID NO.9). The light-generating protein is phosphorylated and inactivated by cyclin/cdk2, providing a detectable signal which is selectively off in the presence of cyclin/cdk2. In another embodiment, the light-generating polypeptide moiety is mutated so that it is not phosphorylated and activated by cyclin/cdk2. An example of this mutation would be to mutate the two aspartic acid-proline sites to serine (or threonine)-prolines.
- In this additional embodiment, the ligand binding site is a polypeptide recognized by a cyclin/cdk2 complex, e.g., comprising the amino acid sequence Y-Lys-X1-Leu-K-X2-Leu-Y′, wherein X1, X2, are independently any one or more amino acids; and Y and Y′ are independently present or absent and, if present, independently comprise a peptide having from 1 to 600 amino acids.
- An example of such a target peptide is RB: PKPLKKLRFD (SEQ ID NO: 1). In a related aspect of this additional embodiment, the ligand binding site comprises the amino acid sequence Y-X1-Arg-Arg-Leu-Y′, wherein X1 is Lys or Cys; and Y and Y′ are independently present or absent and, if present, independently comprise a peptide having from 1 to 600 amino acids. Two non-limiting examples of the target peptide of this related aspect of this additional embodiment are: E2F1: GRPPVKRRLDLE (SEQ ID NO: 2); derived from the E2F1 protein, and p21: CCSKACRRLFGP (SEQ ID NO: 3), derived from the p21 protein.
- The fusion protein of this additional embodiment can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques, discussed supra.
- The ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this additional embodiment is derived from the retinoblastoma (RB) protein. Adams, et al., 1999 Mol. Cell Biol. 19:1068 describes RB protein. An RB polypeptide comprises 928 amino acid residues. As described in more detail below, this ligand binding site comprises a unique cyclin binding domain derived from RB. In the light-generating fusion protein described above, where present, Y comprises between 1 and 900 amino acid residues, preferably corresponding to the sequence of “N-terminal” RB amino acid residues 1-868. Thus, in a preferred embodiment Y can represent any sequence of N-terminal amino acids of RB, for example residues 794-829, and so on up to and including residues 1-868. Y′ can also comprise between 1 and 600 amino acid residues, preferably corresponding to the sequence of “C-terminal” RB amino acid residues 879-928. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, Y′ can represent any sequence of C-terminal amino acids of RB, for example 879-910, and so on up to and including residues 879-928. Y and Y′ can also contain conservative substitutions of amino acids present in the N-terminal and C-terminal RB sequences described above. In a further preferred embodiment, Y and Y′ are absent.
- The light-generating fusion protein of this additional embodiment provides a way for detecting “cancerous tissue” or tissue subject to aberrant cell proliferation and therefore at risk for cancer. In addition to tissue that becomes cancerous due to an in situ neoplasm, for example, the light-generating fusion protein also provides a method of detecting cancerous metastatic tissue present in distal organs and/or tissues. Thus such tissue may be detected by contacting tissue suspected of being cancerous with the light-generating fusion protein under appropriate conditions to cause the phosphorylation of the light-generating fusion protein in cancerous tissue, thereby detecting the presence of cancerous tissue. The ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this embodiment provides a binding site for cyclin-cyclin-dependent kinase (cdk) complexes which phosphorylate the protein, causing it to emit or not emit light in the presence of active cycle-cdk complexes. Under appropriate conditions, the light-generating fusion protein will therefore be phosphorylated or inactive in tissue that is not cancerous, and unphosphorylated and preserving its light-emitting properties in tissue that is cancerous, e.g. primary and metastatic tissue.
- In another useful embodiment, a light-generating polypeptide moiety is fused to a polypeptide recognized by a cyclin/cdk2 complex. This enzyme phosphorylates serine or threonine with an absolute requirement for proline in the +1 position. By way of example, GFP contains 13 proline residues including one threonine-proline site and two aspartic acid-proline sites. In one embodiment, a light-generating protein (e.g., GFP) is fused to a cyclin/cdk2 binding site such as Y-Lys-X1-Leu-K-X2-Leu-Y′ (SEQ ID NO.9). The light-generating protein is phosphorylated and inactivated by cyclin/cdk2, providing a detectable signal which is selectively off in the presence of cyclin/cdk2. In another embodiment, the light-generating polypeptide moiety is mutated so that it is not phosphorylated and activated by cyclin/cdk2. An example of this mutation would be to mutate the two aspartic acid-proline sites to serine (or threonine)-prolines.
- Phosphorylation is one of the most important ways to posttranslationally modify proteins, and it regulates diverse cell physiological processes (transport, proliferation, differentiation). For example, phosphorylation is involved in all phases of cell division: in transition from G1 to S phase, progression of cells during S phase and entry into M phase. The physiological function of oncoproteins and tumor suppressor proteins that are involved in gene expression and replication are also regulated by phosphorylation. Many growth factors and their receptors are encoded by oncogenes which are mutated or overexpressed in a variety of human tumors. Mutation or overexpression of these oncogenes leads to unchecked cell division, and transformation of normal cells to malignant. In an embodiment of the present invention, a light-generating fusion protein may include a phosphatase binding site and a modification site, such as a phosphorylated amino acid residue capable of being modified by a protein “phosphatase”.
- For most proteases, the enzyme binding site and modification site are largely congruent and can be encompassed in short peptides. In an embodiment, a light-generating fusion protein may include a protease binding site and a modification site capable of being cleaved by the protease. The binding site and modification site may be the same site or in two discrete regions. In one embodiment, wherein the binding and modification site are congruent, linker scanning mutagenesis of a given light-generating protein is carried out using a linker that encodes the congruent binding/modification site. Resulting mutants are those light-generating fusion proteins containing a binding/modification site that preserves light-emitting activity in protease deficient cells and exhibits protease sensitivity in vitro and in vivo. In the Third embodiment described herein, a light-generating fusion protein containing an HIV protease site is especially useful for monitoring the presence or absence of HIV (in this case, with HIV-positive cells not emitting light). In an alternative embodiment, the light-generating fusion protein is fused via a linker to a protein that inhibits the light-emitting activity of the light-generating polypeptide moiety. The linker includes a binding/modification site for an HIV protease. Thus, cleavage at the binding/modification site should remove the inhibiting protein moiety, thus yielding a positive signal in cells that are HIV positive.
- As shown generally in
FIG. 1A , an embodiment of the fusion protein of the invention contains a ligand binding site “T”, a reporter domain (e.g., light-generating polypeptide moiety) “R”, and a modification site “X”. Binding of enzyme “E” (the ligand) to target site “T” results in a modification of modification site “X”, which causes the reporter domain “R” to either emit or not emit light. - The site “T” and modification site “X” may be separate and in cis on the fusion protein, as shown in
FIG. 1B . Either “T” or “X” can be proximal or distal to the amino terminus of the fusion protein. - In another embodiment shown in
FIG. 1C , wherein the “T” and the “X” of the fusion protein are congruent within a domain of the fusion protein. In related embodiments, the congruent “T/X” can be at the amino terminus, the carboxy terminus, or at neither terminus of the fusion protein. - In a further embodiment shown in
FIG. 1D , the “T” is on a protein associated with the fusion protein containing the “X”. In a related embodiment, target site “T” is on the fusion protein and modification site “X” is on a protein that is physically associated with the fusion protein, wherein modification of the associated protein results in the fusion protein either emitting or not emitting light. The depiction of site “T” and modification site “X” are not intended to be limiting. “T” can be at the amino terminus, the carboxy terminus, or at neither terminus of the fusion protein, and “X” can be at the amino terminus, the carboxy terminus, or at neither terminus of the associated protein. - The invention also includes a fusion protein in which the ligand binding site sequence “T” is unknown. In this embodiment, e.g., as shown in
FIG. 2A , the fusion protein includes a first hetero- or homo-dimerization domain (“HD1”). An enzyme “E” capable of modifying modification site “X” on the fusion protein is fused to a second hetero- or homo-dimerization domain “HD2” that interacts with “HD1”. In a related embodiment, the targeting site “T” for an enzyme “E” can be generated by inserting one or more polypeptide sequences derived from a random or non-random peptide library into the fusion protein. - In a related embodiment (
FIG. 2B ), a binding domain of a protein “A” containing an enzyme target site “T” interacts with a binding domain “B” of a fusion protein, which results in enzyme “E” modifying the reporter domain “R” of fusion protein “B” at modification site “X” such that the fusion protein does or does not emit light or cause light to be emitted. In the First embodiment, the ligand binding site comprises a polypeptide derived from the HIF1α (hypoxia-inducible factor 1α) which acts as a binding site for VBC, e.g., the amino acid sequence Y-X1-Leu-X2-Proh-X3-X4-X5-X6-Y′, wherein Proh is hydroxylated proline; X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, and X6 are amino acids selected so as to not modify or alter VHL binding properties. X1, X2, X4, X5, and X6 are desirably independently Gly, Ala, Val, Leu, Ile, Pro, Met, Phe, or Trp, and X3 is desirably Ser, Thr, or Tyr; and Y and Y′ are independently present or absent and, if present, independently comprise a peptide having from 1 to 600 amino acids. - In a preferred embodiment, the ligand binding site comprises the amino acid sequence corresponding to the N-terminal residues 1-600 of HIF1α, wherein either or both of residues 402 and 564 are proline or hydroxylated proline. In a more preferred embodiment, the ligand binding site comprises an 80 to 120, 20 to 30, 12 to 14, or 4 to 12 amino acid sequence corresponding to the residues adjacent to and/or surrounding residue 402 and/or 564, inclusive, of HIF1α, wherein residues 402 and/or 564 is proline or hydroxylated proline. “Residues adjacent to and/or surrounding” is meant to include the relevant sequence of HIF1α either before, after, or flanking, the specified residue, e.g., residue 564.
- Such proteins may be used effectively as oxygen-sensing proteins. The fusion proteins may be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. For example, DNA fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, e.g., by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation. In another embodiment, the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, e.g., Ausubel et al. (eds.) CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, 1992).
- The ligand binding site noted above is derived from HIF1α protein. U.S. Pat. No. 6,222,018, describes HIF protein and its preparation in substantially pure form. HIF is composed of subunits HIF1α and an isoform HIF1β. HIF1α polypeptide comprises 826 amino acid residues. As described in more detail below, the ligand binding sites of this particular fusion protein comprises a unique ubiquitin ligase binding domain derived from HIF1α. In this fusion protein, where present, Y comprises between 1 and 600 amino acid residue, preferably corresponding to the sequence of “N-terminal” HIF1α amino acid residues 1-555. Thus, in a preferred embodiment Y can represent any sequence of N-terminal amino acids of HIF1α, for example residues 554-555, 553-555, 552-555, and so on up to and including residues 1-555. Y′ can also comprises between 1 and 600 amino acid residues, preferably corresponding to the sequence of “C-terminal” HIF1α amino acid residues 576-826. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, Y′ can represent any sequence of C-terminal amino acids of HIF1α, for example 576-577, 576-578, 576-579, and so on up to and including residues 576-826. Y and Y′ can also contain conservative substitutions of amino acids present in the N-terminal and C-terminal HIF1α sequences described above. In a preferred embodiment of the ligand binding site defined above, Y and Y′ are absent. In a further preferred embodiment, X1 is Met, X2 is Leu, X3 is Ala, X4 is Tyr, X5 is Pro, and X6 is Met. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the fusion protein, the ligand binding site has the amino acid sequence Asp-Leu-Asp-Leu-Glu-Met-Leu-Ala-Proh-Tyr-Ile-Pro-Met-Asp-Asp-Asp-Phe-Gln-Leu-Arg, corresponding to HIF1α amino acid residues 556-575, with a hydroxylated proline at amino acid residue 564.
- The invention also provides a nucleic acid molecule encoding the fusion protein or polypeptide of the invention. (As used herein, the terms polypeptide and protein are interchangeable). An “isolated” nucleic acid molecule is one that is separated from other nucleic acid molecules that are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. Examples of isolated nucleic acid molecules include, but are not limited to, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector, recombinant DNA molecules maintained in a heterologous host cell, partially or substantially purified nucleic acid molecules, and synthetic DNA or RNA molecules. Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.
- A nucleic acid of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or alternatively, genomic DNA, as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques. The nucleic acid so amplified can be cloned into an appropriate vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis. Furthermore, oligonucleotides corresponding to the nucleotide sequences can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer. The present invention therefore also provides a vector comprising the nucleic acid of the invention. In a preferred embodiment, the vector further comprises a promoter operably linked to the nucleic acid molecule. In a further preferred embodiment the invention provides a cell containing the vector of the invention.
- The light-generating fusion protein of, e.g., the First embodiment provides a means for detecting hypoxic tissue or tissue subject to chronic hypoxia and therefore at risk for ischemia. In addition to tissue that becomes ischemic due to occurrence of a stroke, heart attack or embolism, for example, the fusion protein also provides a method of detecting ischemic tissue present in tumors. Thus the invention may be used to detect such tissue by contacting tissue suspected of being hypoxic with the light-generating fusion protein under appropriate conditions to cause the ubiquitination of the fusion protein in normoxic tissue, thereby detecting the presence of hypoxic tissue. As described more fully below, the ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein also provides a binding site for ubiquitin ligases which destroy the protein in the presence of oxygen. Under appropriate conditions, the light-generating fusion protein of the invention will therefore be “unstable” or destroyed in tissue that is not hypoxic, i.e., that is well oxygenated, and “stable” or preserving its light-emitting properties in tissue that is hypoxic, i.e. that lacks sufficient oxygen.
- The Third embodiment provides a means for detecting “infected tissue” or tissue subject to contact with infectious agents and therefore at risk for infection, e.g., monitoring the presence or absence of HIV. The ligand binding site of the Third embodiment comprises a binding site for a protease, such as an infection-associated protease. For example, protease cleavage sites of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV-1) protein precursor Pr55 (gag) protein include p2/NC, NC/p1, and NC/TFP.
- The ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this Third embodiment may be derived from the HIV-1 protein. One non-limiting example of the target peptide of this Third embodiment is: Y-GSGIF*LETSL-Y′ (See Beck et al., (2000) Virology 274(2):391-401). Y and Y′ are independently present or absent and, if present, independently comprise a peptide having from 1 to 600 amino acids, and “*” indicates the cleavage site of the fusion protein by a protease.
- In addition to tissue that becomes infected due to an acute or chronic infection by an infectious agent, for example, the light-generating fusion protein may be used in detecting infected tissue present in distal organs and/or tissues, e.g., by contacting tissue suspected of being infected with the light-generating fusion protein of the invention under appropriate conditions to cause the proteolysis of the light-generating fusion protein in infected tissue, thereby detecting the presence of infected tissue. The ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this Third embodiment provides a binding site for a protease which degrades or modifies the protein, causing it to emit or not emit light in the presence of one or more proteases. Under appropriate conditions, the light-generating fusion protein will therefore be proteolyzed or inactive in tissue that is infected (although there may be cases where proteolysis leads to light generation), and unproteolyzed and preserving its light-emitting properties in tissue that is infected.
- A Fourth embodiment of a light-generating fusion protein of the invention comprises a light-generating protein moiety and a ligand binding site, wherein the ligand binding site comprises an amino acid sequence capable of binding to an “associated” protein. The association can occur by covalent or non-covalent binding. This associated protein may itself be a light-generating fusion protein, comprising a binding polypeptide capable of binding to the light-emitting light-generating fusion protein and an enzyme capable of modifying the light-emitting light-generating fusion protein.
- A non-limiting example of the target peptide of this Fourth embodiment is: HD1: WFHGKLSR (Amino acids 488-495 of Accession No. P29353, human SHC1; SEQ ID NO: 4). This target polypeptide contains an SH2 domain. Therefore, any associated protein with an SH2 domain should interact with the target peptide of the Fourth embodiment. A non-limiting example of the binding peptide of the associated protein of this Fourth embodiment is: HD2: WNVGSSNR (Amino acids 624-631 of Accession No. P27986; human PI3K p85 subunit; SEQ ID NO: 5).
- Another non-limiting example of the Fourth embodiment would be to fuse the FK506 binding protein (FKBP12) domain moiety to GFP and the FRAP domain moiety to Skp1 or elonginC. Therefore in the presence of rapamycin, which promotes the high affinity interaction of FKBP12 and FRAP, the core E3 ligase machinery would bind to and destroy GFP, eliminating the bioluminescence wherever rapamycin is present. The ligand binding site of the light-generating fusion protein of this Fourth embodiment is derived from the human SHC1 proteinprotein. See Pelicci et al., (1992) Cell 70:93-104, describes the SHC1 protein with an SH2 domain which is implicated in mitogenic signal transduction. The light-generating fusion protein of this Fourth embodiment provides a means for detecting enzymatic activity where the enzyme binding site is undefined.
- The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention comprise the novel agents combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Suitable carriers are described in the most recent edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, a standard reference text in the field, which is incorporated herein by reference. Preferred examples of such carriers or diluents include, but are not limited to, water, saline, finger's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Liposomes and non-aqueous vehicles such as fixed oils may also be used. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (i.e., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfate; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™(BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringeability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
- The invention includes entities which may have been modified or conjugated to include a light-generating fusion protein of the invention. Such conjugated or modified entities are referred to as light-emitting entities, or simply conjugates. The conjugates themselves may take the form of, for example, molecules, macromolecules, particles, microorganisms, or cells. The methods used to conjugate a light-generating fusion protein to an entity depend on the nature of the light-generating fusion protein and the entity. Exemplary conjugation methods are discussed in the context of the entities described below.
- Small Molecules.
- Small molecule entities which may be useful in the present invention include compounds which specifically interact with a pathogen or an endogenous ligand or receptor. Examples of such molecules include, but are not limited to, drugs or therapeutic compounds; toxins, such as those present in the venoms of poisonous organisms, including certain species of spiders, snakes, scorpions, dinoflagellates, marine snails and bacteria; growth factors, such as NGF, PDGF, TGF and TNF; cytokines; and bioactive peptides.
- The small molecules are preferably conjugated to light-generating fusion proteins in a way that that the bioactivity of the small molecule is not substantially affected. Conjugations are typically chemical in nature, and can be performed by any of a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art.
- Small molecules conjugated to light-generating fusion proteins of the present invention may be used either in animal models of human conditions or diseases, or directly in human subjects to be treated. For example, a small molecule which binds with high affinity to receptor expressed on tumor cells may be used in an animal model to localize and obtain size estimates of tumors, and to monitor changes in tumor growth or metastasis following treatment with a putative therapeutic agent. Such molecules may also be used to monitor tumor characteristics, as described above, in cancer patients.
- Macromolecules.
- Macromolecules, such as polymers and biopolymers, constitute another example of entities useful in practicing the present invention. Exemplary macromolecules include antibodies, antibody fragments, light-generating fusion proteins and certain vector constructs.
- Antibodies or antibody fragments, purchased from commercial sources or made by methods known in the art, can be used to localize their antigen in a mammalian subject by conjugating the antibodies to a light-generating polypeptide moiety, administering the conjugate to a subject by, for example, injection, allowing the conjugate to localize to the site of the antigen, and imaging the conjugate.
- Antibodies and antibody fragments have several advantages for use as entities in the present invention. By their nature, they constitute their own targeting moieties. Further, their size makes them amenable to conjugation with several types of light-generating fusion proteins, including small fluorescent molecules and fluorescent and bioluminescent proteins, yet allows them to diffuse rapidly relative to, for example, cells or liposomes.
- The light-generating fusion proteins can be conjugated directly to the antibodies or fragments, or indirectly by using, for example, a fluorescent secondary antibody. Direct conjugation can be accomplished by standard chemical coupling of, for example, a fluorophore to the antibody or antibody fragment, or through genetic engineering. Chimeras, or fusion proteins, can be constructed which contain an antibody or antibody fragment coupled to a fluorescent or bioluminescent protein. For example, Casadei, et al., describe a method of making a vector construct capable of expressing a fusion protein of aequorin and an antibody gene in mammalian cells.
- Conjugates containing antibodies can be used in a number of applications of the present invention. For example, a labeled antibody directed against E-selection, which is expressed at sites of inflammation, can be used to localize the inflammation and to monitor the effects of putative anti-inflammatory agents.
- Vector constructs by themselves can also constitute macromolecular entities applicable to the present invention. For example, a eukaryotic expression vector can be constructed which contains a therapeutic gene and a gene encoding a light-generating molecule under the control of a selected promoter (i.e., a promoter which is expressed in the cells targeted by the therapeutic gene). Expression of the light-generating molecule, assayed using methods of the present invention, can be used to determine the location and level of expression of the therapeutic gene. This approach may be particularly useful in cases where the expression of the therapeutic gene has no immediate phenotype in the treated individual or animal model.
- Viruses.
- Another entity useful for certain aspects of the invention are viruses. As many viruses are pathogens which infect mammalian hosts, the viruses may be conjugated to a light-generating fusion protein and used to study the initial site and spread of infection. In addition, viruses labeled with a light-generating fusion protein may be used to screen for drugs which inhibit the infection or the spread of infection.
- A virus may be labeled indirectly, either with an antibody conjugated to a light-generating fusion protein, or by, example, biotinylating virions as known in the art and then exposing them to streptavidin linked to a detectable moiety, such as a fluorescent molecule.
- Alternatively, virions may be labeled directly with a fluorophore like rhodamine, using methods known in the art. The virus can also be genetically engineered to express a light-generating fusion protein. Labeled virus can be used in animal models to localize and monitor the progression of infection, as well as to screen for drugs effective to inhibit the spread of infection. For example, while herpes virus infections are manifested as skin lesions, this virus can also cause herpes encephalitis. Such an infection can be localized and monitored using a virus labeled by any of the methods described above, and various antiviral agents can be tested for efficacy in central nervous system (CNS) infections.
- Particles.
- Particles, including beads, liposomes and the like, constitute another entity useful in the practice of the present invention. Due to their larger size, particles may be conjugated with a larger number of light-generating fusion proteins than, for example, can small molecules. This results in a higher concentration of light emission, which can be detected using shorter exposures or through thicker layers of tissue. In addition, liposomes can be constructed to contain an essentially pure targeting moiety, or ligand, such as an antigen or an antibody, on their surface. Further, the liposomes may be loaded with, for example, light-generating protein molecules, to relatively high concentrations.
- Furthermore, two types of liposomes may be targeted to the same cell type such that light is generated only when both are present. For example, one liposome may carry luciferase, while the other carries luciferin. The liposomes may carry targeting moieties, and the targeting moieties on the two liposomes may be the same or different. Viral proteins on infected cells can be used to identify infected tissues or organs. Cells of the immune system can be localized using a single or multiple cell surface markers.
- The liposomes are preferably surface-coated, e.g., by incorporation of phospholipid-polyethyleneglycol conjugates, to extend blood circulation time and allow for greater targeting via the bloodstream. Liposomes of this type are well known.
- Cells.
- Cells, both prokaryotic and eukaryotic, constitute another entity useful in the practice of the present invention. Like particles, cells can be loaded with relatively high concentrations of light-generating moieties, but have the advantage that the light-generating moieties can be provided by, for example, a heterologous genetic construct used to transfect the cells. In addition, cells can be selected that express “targeting moieties”, or molecules effective to target them to desired locations within the subject. Alternatively, the cells can be transfected with a vector construct expressing an appropriate targeting moiety.
- The cell type used depends on the application. For example, bacterial cells can be used to study the infective process, and to evaluate the effects of drugs or therapeutic agents on infective process with a high level of temporal and spatial resolution. Bacterial cells constitute effective entities. For example, they can be easily transfected to express a high levels of a light-generating fusion protein, as well as high levels of a targeting protein. In addition, it is possible to obtain E. coli libraries containing bacteria expressing surface-bound antibodies which can be screened to identify a colony expressing an antibody against a selected antigen (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.). Bacteria from this colony can then be transformed with a second plasmid containing a gene for a light-generating protein, and transformants can be utilized in the methods of the present invention, as described above, to localize the antigen in a mammalian host.
- Pathogenic bacteria can be conjugated to a light-generating fusion protein and used in an animal model to follow the infection process in vivo and to evaluate potential anti-infective drugs, such as new antibiotics, for their efficacy in inhibiting the infection.
- Eukaryotic cells are also useful as entities in aspects of the present invention. Appropriate expression vectors, containing desired regulatory elements, are commercially available. The vectors can be used to generate constructs capable of expressing desired light-generating proteins in a variety of eukaryotic cells, including primary culture cells, somatic cells, lymphatic cells, etc. The cells can be used in transient expression studies, or, in the case of cell lines, can be selected for stable transformants.
- Expression of the light-generating protein in transformed cells can be regulated using any of a variety of selected promoters. For example, if the cells are to be used as light-emitting entities targeted to a site in the subject by an expressed ligand or receptor, a constitutively-active promoter, such as the CMV or SV40 promoter may be used. Cells transformed with such a construct can also be used to assay for compounds that inhibit light generation, for example, by killing the cells.
- Alternatively, the transformed cells may be administered such they become uniformly distributed in the subject, and express the light-generating fusion protein only under certain conditions, such as upon infection by a virus or stimulation by a cytokine. Promoters that respond to factors associated with these and other stimuli are known in the art. In a related aspect, inducible promoters, such as the Tet system can be used to transiently activate expression of the light-generating protein.
- For example, CD4+ lymphatic cells can be transformed with a construct containing tat-responsive HIV LTR elements, and used as an assay for infection by HIV. Cells transformed with such a construct can be introduced into SCID-hu mice and used as model for human HIV infection and AIDS.
- Tumor cell lines transformed to express the light-generating fusion protein, for example, with a constitutively-active promoter, may be used to monitor the growth and metastasis of tumors. Transformed tumor cells may be injected into an animal model, allowed to form a tumor mass, and the size and metastasis of the tumor mass monitored during treatment with putative growth or metastasis inhibitors. Tumor cells may also be generated from cells transformed with constructs containing regulatable promoters, whose activity is sensitive to various infective agents, or to therapeutic compounds.
- Cell Transformation.
- Transformation methods for both prokaryotic cells and eukaryotic cells are well known in the art. Vectors containing the appropriate regulatory elements and multiple cloning sites are widely commercially available (e.g., Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif., or Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.).
- In another aspect, the present invention includes transgenic animals containing a heterologous gene construct encoding a light-generating fusion protein or complex of proteins. The construct is driven by a selected promoter, and can include, for example, various accessory proteins required for the functional expression of the light-generating protein, as well as selection markers and enhancer elements.
- Activation of the promoter results in increased expression of the genes encoding the light-generating fusion proteins and accessory proteins. Activation of the promoter is achieved by the interaction of a selected biocompatible entity, or parts of the entity, with the promoter elements. If the activation occurs only in a part of the animal, only cells in that part will express the light-generating protein.
- Light-generating fusion proteins are typically administered to a subject by any of a variety of methods, allowed to localize within the subject, and imaged. Since the imaging, or measuring photon emission from the subject, may last up to tens of minutes, the subject is desirably immobilized during the imaging process. Imaging of the light-generating polypeptide moiety involves the use of, e.g., a photodetector capable of detecting extremely low levels of light—typically single photon events—and integrating photon emission until an image can be constructed. Examples of such sensitive photodetectors include devices that intensify the single photon events before the events are detected by a camera, and cameras (cooled, for example, with liquid nitrogen) that are capable of detecting single photons over the background noise inherent in a detection system.
- Once a photon emission image is generated, it is typically superimposed on a “normal” reflected light image of the subject to provide a frame of reference for the source of the emitted photons (i.e., localize the light-generating fusion proteins with respect to the subject). Such a “composite” image is then analyzed to determine the location and/or amount of a target in the subject.
- Light-generating fusion proteins that have localized to their intended sites in a subject may be imaged in a number of ways. Guidelines for such imaging, as well as specific examples, are described below.
- Localization of Light-Generating Fusion Proteins.
- In the case of “targeted” conjugates, that is, conjugates which contain a targeting moiety—a molecule or feature designed to localize the conjugate within a subject or animal at a particular site or sites, localization refers to a state when an equilibrium between bound, “localized”, and unbound, “free” entities within a subject has been essentially achieved. The rate at which such an equilibrium is achieved depends upon the route of administration. For example, a conjugate administered by intravenous injection to localize thrombi may achieve localization, or accumulation at the thrombi, within minutes of injection. On the other hand, a conjugate administered orally to localize an infection in the intestine may take hours to achieve localization.
- Alternatively, localization may simply refer to the location of the entity within the subject or animal at selected time periods after the entity is administered. In a related aspect, localization of, for example, injected tumors cells expressing a light-generating moiety, may consist of the cells colonizing a site within the animal and forming a tumor mass.
- By way of another example, localization is achieved when an entity becomes distributed following administration. For example, in the case of a conjugate administered to measure the oxygen concentration in various organs throughout the subject or animal, the conjugate becomes “localized”, or informative, when it has achieved an essentially steady-state of distribution in the subject or animal.
- In all of the above cases, a reasonable estimate of the time to achieve localization may be made by one skilled in the art. Furthermore, the state of localization as a function of time may be followed by imaging the light-emitting conjugate according to the methods of the invention.
- The “photodetector device” used should have a high enough sensitivity to enable the imaging of faint light from within a mammal in a reasonable amount of time, and to use the signal from such a device to construct an image.
- In cases where it is possible to use light-generating moieties which are extremely bright, and/or to detect light-generating fusion proteins localized near the surface of the subject or animal being imaged, a pair of “night-vision” goggles or a standard high-sensitivity video camera, such as a Silicon Intensified Tube (SIT) camera (e.g. Hammamatsu Photonic Systems, Bridgewater, N.J.), may be used. More typically, however, a more sensitive method of light detection is required.
- In extremely low light levels the photon flux per unit area becomes so low that the scene being imaged no longer appears continuous. Instead, it is represented by individual photons which are both temporally and spatially distinct form one another. Viewed on a monitor, such an image appears as scintillating points of light, each representing a single detected photon. By accumulating these detected photons in a digital image processor over time, an image can be acquired and constructed. In contrast to conventional cameras where the signal at each image point is assigned an intensity value, in photon counting imaging the amplitude of the signal carries no significance. The objective is to simply detect the presence of a signal (photon) and to count the occurrence of the signal with respect to its position over time.
- At least two types of photodetector devices, described below, can detect individual photons and generate a signal which can be analyzed by an image processor. Reduced-Noise Photodetection Devices achieve sensitivity by reducing the background noise in the photon detector, as opposed to amplifying the photon signal. Noise is reduced primarily by cooling the detector array. The devices include charge coupled device (CCD) cameras referred to as “backthinned”, cooled CCD cameras. In the more sensitive instruments, the cooling is achieved using, for example, liquid nitrogen, which brings the temperature of the CCD array to approximately −120° C. “Backthinned” refers to an ultra-thin backplate that reduces the path length that a photon follows to be detected, thereby increasing the quantum efficiency. A particularly sensitive backthinned cryogenic CCD camera is the “TECH 512”, a
series 200 camera available from Photometries, Ltd. (Tucson, Ariz.). - “Photon amplification devices” amplify photons before they hit the detection screen. This class includes CCD cameras with intensifiers, such as microchannel intensifiers. A microchannel intensifier typically contains a metal array of channels perpendicular to and co-extensive with the detection screen of the camera. The microchannel array is placed between the sample, subject, or animal to be imaged, and the camera. Most of the photons entering the channels of the array contact a side of a channel before exiting. A voltage applied across the array results in the release of many electrons from each photon collision. The electrons from such a collision exit their channel of origin in a “shotgun” pattern, and are detected by the camera.
- Even greater sensitivity can be achieved by placing intensifying microchannel arrays in series, so that electrons generated in the first stage in turn result in an amplified signal of electrons at the second stage. Increases in sensitivity, however, are achieved at the expense of spatial resolution, which decreases with each additional stage of amplification. An exemplary microchannel intensifier-based single-photon detection device is the C2400 series, available from Hamamatsu.
- Image Processors process signals generated by photodetector devices which count photons in order to construct an image which can be, for example, displayed on a monitor or printed on a video printer. Such image processors are typically sold as part of systems which include the sensitive photon-counting cameras described above, and accordingly, are available from the same sources. The image processors are usually connected to a personal computer, such as an IBM-compatible PC or an Apple Macintosh (Apple Computer, Cupertino, Calif,), which may or may not be included as part of a purchased imaging system. Once the images are in the form of digital files, they can be manipulated by a variety of image processing programs (such as “ADOBE PHOTOSHOP”, Adobe Systems, Adobe Systems, Mt. View, Calif.) and printed.
- The Detection Field Of The Device is defined as the area from which consistent measurements of photon emission can be obtained. In the case of a camera using an optical lens, the detection field is simply the field of view accorded to the camera by the lens. Similarly, if the photodetector device is a pair of “night vision” goggles, the detection field is the field of view of the goggles.
- Alternatively, the detection field may be a surface defined by the ends of fiber-optic cables arranged in a tightly-packed array. The array is constructed to maximize the area covered by the ends of the cables, as opposed to void space between cables, and placed in close proximity to the subject. For instance, a clear material such as plexiglass can be placed adjacent the subject, and the array fastened adjacent the clear material, opposite from the subject.
- The fiber-optic cable ends opposite the array can be connected directly to the detection or intensifying device, such as the input end of a microchannel intensifier, eliminating the need for a lens. An advantage of this method is that scattering and/or loss of photons is reduced by eliminating a large part of the air space between the subject and the detector, and/or by eliminating the lens. Even a high-transmission lens transmits only a fraction of the light reaching the front lens element.
- With higher-intensity LGPs, photodiode arrays may be used to measure photon emission. A photodiode array can be incorporated into a relatively flexible sheet, enabling the practitioner to partially “wrap” the array around the subject. This approach also minimizes photon loss, and in addition, provides a means of obtaining three-dimensional images of the bioluminescence. Other approaches may be used to generate three-dimensional images, including multiple detectors placed around the subject or a scanning detector or detectors.
- It will be understood that the entire animal or subject need not necessarily be in the detection field of the photodetection device. For example, if one is measuring a light-emitting conjugate known to be localized in a particular region of the subject, only light from that region, and a sufficient surrounding “dark” zone, need be measured to obtain the desired information.
- Immobilizing the Subject.
- In those cases where it is desired to generate a two dimensional or three-dimensional image of the subject, the subject may be immobilized in the detection field of the photodetection devices during the period that photon emission is being measured. If the signal is sufficiently bright that an image can be constructed from photon emission measured in less than about 20 milliseconds, and the subject is not particularly agitated, no special immobilization precautions may be required, except to insure that the subject is in the field of the detection device at the start of the measuring period.
- If, on the other hand, the photon emission measurement takes longer than about 20 msec, and the subject is agitated, precautions to insure immobilization of the subject during photon emission measurement, commensurate with the degree of agitation of the subject, need to be considered to preserve the spatial information in the constructed image. For example, in a case where the subject is a person and photon emission measurement time is on the order of a few seconds, the subject may simply be asked to remain as still as possible during photon emission measurement (imaging). On the other hand, if the subject is an animal, such as a mouse, the subject can be immobilized using, for example, an anesthetic or a mechanical restraining device.
- In cases where it is desired to measure only the total amount of light emanating from a subject or animal, the subject does not necessarily need to be immobilized, even for long periods of photon emission measurements. All that is required is that the subject be confined to the detection field of the photodetector during imaging. It will be appreciated, however, that immobilizing the subject during such measuring may improve the consistency of results obtained, because the thickness of tissue through which detected photons pass will be more uniform from animal to animal.
- The visualization of fluorescent light-generating moieties requires an excitation light source, as well as a photodetector. Furthermore, it will be understood that the excitation light source is turned on during the measuring of photon emission from the light-generating moiety.
- Appropriate selection of a fluorophore, placement of the light source and selection and placement of filters, all of which facilitate the construction of an informative image, are discussed above, in the section on fluorescent light-generating moieties.
- High-Resolution Imaging.
- Photon scattering by tissue limits the resolution that can be obtained by imaging LGMs through a measurement of total photon emission. It will be understood that the present invention also includes embodiments in which the light-generation of LGMs is synchronized to an external source which can be focused at selected points within the subject, but which does not scatter significantly in tissue, allowing the construction of higher-resolution images. For example, a focused ultrasound signal can be used to scan, in three dimensions, the subject being imaged. Light-generation from areas which are in the focal point of the ultrasound can be resolved from other photon emission by a characteristic oscillation imparted to the light by the ultrasound.
- Constructing an Image of Photon Emission.
- In cases where, due to an exceptionally bright light-generating moiety and/or localization of light-generating fusion proteins near the surface of the subject, a pair of “night-vision” goggles or a high sensitivity video camera was used to obtain an image, the image is simply viewed or displayed on a video monitor. If desired, the signal from a video camera can be diverted through an image processor, which can store individual video frames in memory for analysis or printing, and/or can digitize the images for analysis and printing on a computer.
- Alternatively, if a photon counting approach is used, the measurement of photon emission generates an array of numbers, representing the number of photons detected at each pixel location, in the image processor. These numbers are used to generate an image, typically by normalizing the photon counts (either to a fixed, pre-selected value, or to the maximum number detected in any pixel) and converting the normalized number to a brightness (greyscale) or to a color (pseudocolor) that is displayed on a monitor. In a pseudocolor representation, typical color assignments are as follows. Pixels with zero photon counts are assigned black, low counts blue, and increasing counts colors of increasing wavelength, on up to red for the highest photon count values. The location of colors on the monitor represents the distribution of photon emission, and, accordingly, the location of light-generating fusion proteins.
- In order to provide a frame of reference for the conjugates, a greyscale image of the (still immobilized) subject from which photon emission was measured is typically constructed. Such an image may be constructed, for example, by opening a door to the imaging chamber, or box, in dim room light, and measuring reflected photons (typically for a fraction of the time it takes to measure photon emission). The greyscale image may be constructed either before measuring photon emission, or after. The image of photon emission is typically superimposed on the greyscale image to produce a composite image of photon emission in relation to the subject.
- If it is desired to follow the localization and/or the signal from a light-emitting conjugate over time, for example, to record the effects of a treatment on the distribution and/or localization of a selected biocompatible moiety, the measurement of photon emission, or imaging can be repeated at selected time intervals to construct a series of images. The intervals can be as short as minutes, or as long as days or weeks.
- Analysis of Photon Emission Images
- Images generated by methods and/or using compositions of the present invention may be analyzed by a variety of methods. They range from a simple visual examination, mental evaluation and/or printing of a hardcopy, to sophisticated digital image analysis. Interpretation of the information obtained from an analysis depends on the phenomenon under observation and the entity being used.
- Applications: Localization of Tumor Cells
- The growth and metastatic spread of tumors in a subject may be monitored using methods and compositions of the present invention. In particular, in cases where an individual is diagnosed with a primary tumor, LGPs directed against the cells of the tumor can be used to both define the boundaries of the tumor, and to determine whether cells from the primary tumor mass have migrated and colonized distal sites. For example, LGPs, such as liposomes containing antibodies directed against tumor antigens and loaded with LGPs, can be administered to a subject, allowed to bind to tumor cells in the subject, imaged, and the areas of photon emission can be correlated with areas of tumor cells.
- In a related aspect, images utilizing tumor-localizing LGPs, such as those described above, may be generated at selected time intervals to monitor tumor growth, progression and metastasis in a subject over time. Such monitoring may be useful to record results of anti-tumor therapy, or as part of a screen of putative therapeutic compounds useful in inhibiting tumor growth or metastasis.
- In the practice of the invention, the tissue and the light-generating fusion protein can be contacted in vitro, such as where one or more biological samples (e.g., blood, serum, cells, tissue) are arrayed on a substrate under tissue culture conditions known by those in the art to preserve the viability of the tissue and then the fusion protein is added to the tissue culture. In a preferred embodiment of the methods of the invention the tissue is mammalian tissue, in particular human tissue.
- The methods of the invention can also be practiced in vivo wherein the biological sample and the light-generating fusion protein are contacted by administration of the fusion protein (or a vector encoding the same) to a subject suspected of containing ischemic tissue under conditions to allow detection of the fusion protein in ischemic tissue present in the subject. The invention thus also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, pharmacogenomics, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual prophylactically. Accordingly, one aspect of the invention relates to diagnostic assays for determining the presence of ischemic tissue in a biological sample to thereby determine whether an individual is afflicted with a disease or disorder, or is at risk of developing a disorder, associated with hypoxic conditions. The invention also provides for prognostic (or predictive) assays for determining whether an individual is at risk of developing conditions arising from ischemia.
- Referring now to the Drawings,
FIG. 1A is a schematic representation of different fusion proteins of the present invention. “T” indicates the enzyme target site on the fusion protein, “E” indicates the enzyme, “X” indicates the modification site on the fusion protein, and “R” indicates the reporter domain of the fusion protein. The modification at “X” by “E”results in the fusion protein becoming active or inactive “On/Off”.FIG. 1B shows an embodiment wherein the “T” and the “X” are separate domains and are in cis on the fusion protein.FIG. 1C shows an embodiment of the invention wherein the “T” and the “X” of the fusion protein are congruent within a domain of the fusion protein.FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of the invention wherein the “T” is on a protein associated with the fusion protein containing the “X”. -
FIG. 2 is a schematic representation of different fusion proteins of the present invention.FIG. 2A is a schematic representation of a fusion protein and associated protein of the present invention in which a fusion protein and an associated protein “A” contains a known homo- or hetero-dimerization domain “HD” corresponding to the enzyme target site of an enzyme, where binding of the enzyme-associated “A” to the HD on the fusion protein results in modification of the fusion protein at “X”.FIG. 2B is a related aspect of the invention in which a binding domain of a protein “A” containing an enzyme target site “T” interacts with a binding domain “B” of a fusion protein, which results in enzyme “E” modifying the reporter domain “R” of fusion protein “B” at modification site “X” such that the fusion protein does or does not emit light or cause light to be emitted. -
FIG. 3 shows pVHL binding to a modified form of HIF. (A) shows pVHL-defective renal carcinoma cells treated with increasing amounts of desferoxamine (2, 10, 100, 1000 μm) or cobalt choloride (2, 10, 100, 1000 μm) and immunoprecipitated with control (lane 1) or anti HIF2α antibody. Bound proteins were detected by anti-HIF2α immunoblot (IB) or by farwestern (FW) analysis with purified pVHL/elongin B/elongin C (VBC) complexes. (B) shows VBC farwestern and anti-HIF2α immunoblot analysis of ts20 cells grown at the restrictive temperature under hypoxic or normoxic conditions. (C and D) depict GST-HIF1α(530-652), containing the oxygen-dependent degradation domain (ODD), produced in E. coli, recovered on glutathione Sepharose, and incubated with rabbit reticulocyte lysate for 90 min at 30° C. In (D, lane 3), the reticulocyte lysate was first heat inactivated for 20 min. Following stringent washes the GST-ODD protein was subjected to VBC farwestern and anti-GST immunoblot analysis. -
FIG. 4 shows pVHL binding to a HIF1α-derived peptide if Leu562 and Pro564 are intact. (A) shows binding of the indicated 35S-labeled Gal4-HIF1α fusion proteins to immobilized GST-pVHL, elongin B, elongin C complexes. (B) shows binding of 35S-labeled pVHL to biotinylated HIF1α (556-575) peptides with the indicated substitutions of residues 561-568. ‘+’ indicates preincubation of peptide with unprogrammed reticulocyte lysate prior to addition of pVHL. (C and D) depict 35S-labeled wild-type (WT), Pro564Ala, and Leu562Ala full-length HA-HIF1α (panel C) and Ga14-HA-HIF1α(530-652) (panel D) proteins immunoprecipitated with anti-HA antibody or captured with immobilized GST-VBC complexes. WG=wheat germ extract ; Retic=rabbit reticulocyte lysate. -
FIG. 5 shows ubiquitination and degradation of HIF linked to Leu562 and Pro 564. (A) depicts in vitro ubiquitination of 35S-labeled wild-type, Leu562A, and Pro564A Ga14-HA-HIF1α(530-652) in the presence of S100 extracts prepared from pVHL-defective renal carcinoma cells stably transfected to produce wild-type pVHL or with empty vector. (B) shows in vitro degradation of 35S-labeled wild-type, Leu562Ala, and Pro564Ala in xenopus egg extracts. (C) is an anti-HA immunoblot analysis of COS7 cells transiently transfected with 1.5 or 3.5 μg of plasmids encoding wild-type or P564A HA-HIFα in the absence or presence of desferoxamine. -
FIG. 6 depicts proline hydroxylation linked to pVHL-binding. (A) is a MALDI-TOF analysis of wild-type, Pro564Ala, and Leu562Ala biotinylated HIF (556-575) peptides following incubation with rabbit reticulocyte lysate. (B) shows Gal4-HA-HIF (555-575) translated in vitro in the presence of 3H-Proline with rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract and gel-band purified. Following acid hydrolysis proline and hydroxyproline were separated using thin layer chromatography. The dashed circle indicates positions of ninhydrin stained proline and hydroxyproline markers. -
FIG. 7 illustrates that pVHL specifically recognizes HIF1α with hydroxylated proline 564. (A and B) shows binding of 35S-labeled pVHL to biotinylated HIFα (556-575) peptides with the indicated substitutions of residues 561-568. (C) shows ts20 cells stably transfected to produce HA-pVHL grown at restrictive (lane 1) or permissive (lanes 2-6) temperature and immunoprecipitated anti-HIF1α (lane 1 and 2) or anti-HA antibody (lanes 3-7). Bound proteins were eluted by boiling in sample buffer (lane 1 and 2) or treatment with the indicated peptides and then immunoblotted with anti-HIF1α antibody. (D) shows pVHL-defective renal carcinoma cells stably transfected to produce wild-type pVHL (WT8) or with empty vector (RC3) metabolically labeled with 35S methionine, lysed, and incubated with immobilized biotinylated HIF1α (556-575) peptides with the indicated substitutions of residue 564. Specifically bound proteins were detected by autoradiography. -
FIG. 8 illustrates the production of TETr-cyclins A and E. (A) is a schematic of TETr-cyclin fusion protein. (B) shows production of TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E. Cells transfected to produce the indicated cyclin A or cyclin E proteins were lysed and immunoblotted (IB) with the indicated antibodies. (C) shows phosphorylation of pRB by TETr-cyclins A and E in SAOS-2 cells. pRB-defective SAOS-2 cells transfected so as to produce HA-tagged pRB along with the indicated cyclins were lysed and immunoblotted with anti-HA antibody. The % of transfected cells in G1 and S phase was determined by fluororescence activated cell sorting (FACS). -
FIG. 9 shows DNA bound cyclins A and E differentially affecting transcription. (A) is a schematic of reporter plasmid (pUHC 13-3) that contains seven TETracycline operator sequences (TETo) upstream of a minimal CMV promoter that includes a TATA box. (B, C) show U20S cells were cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated TETr fusion proteins along with the pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding β-galactosidase. Numbers shown at the bottom of the graph indicate the amount of TETr plasmid (in μg). 48 hours later luciferase activity, normalized for β-galactosidase, was determined. Fold repression is the corrected luciferase value for TETr alone divided by the corrected luciferase values for the indicated TETr fusion proteins. Fold activation represents the corrected luciferase values for the indicated TETr fusion proteins divided by the corrected luciferase value for TETr alone. -
FIG. 10 illustrates transcriptional regulation by cyclins A and E dependent upon DNA binding. (A) shows U2OS cells cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated TETr fusion proteins along with the pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding β-galactosidase. 24 hours later doxycycline was added to a final concentration of 2 μg/ml where indicated by a ‘+’. 24 hours later, luciferase activity, corrected for β-galactosidase activity, was determined and expressed as fold repression or activation relative to cells producing TETr alone. (B) shows U2OS cells cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated cyclins along with the pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding β-galactosidase. Fold repression and activation was determined as in (A). (C) shows U2OS cells cotransfected with plasmids encoding TETr or TETr-cyclin E, along with a minimal HSV-TK promoter reporter plasmid containing the indicated number of TETo binding sites and a plasmid encoding β-galactosidase. Doxycycline was added as in (A). -
FIG. 11 illustrates that cyclin box is required for transcriptional repression by DNA bound cyclin A. (A) U2OS cells were cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated TETr-cyclin A variants along with pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding β-galactosidase. Cell extracts were prepared and luciferase activity, corrected for β-galactosidase activity, was expressed as fold repression relative to cells producing TETr alone. (B) The indicated TETr-cyclin A variants were translated in vitro in the presence of 35S-methionine and incubated with GST-cdk2 and glutathione Sepharose. Specifically bound proteins were resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and detected by autoradiography. In parallel, 20% of the input proteins were resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and detected by autoradiography. (c) pRB defective SAOS-2 cells transfected so as to produce HA-tagged pRB along with the indicated TETr-cyclin A variants were lysed and immunoblotted with anti-HA antibody. -
FIG. 12 shows transcriptional activation by cyclin E linked to its ability to bind to cdk2 and interact with substrates. (A) U2OS cells were cotransfected with plasmids encoding the indicated TETr-cyclin E variants along with the pUHC 13-3 reporter plasmid and a plasmid encoding β-galactosidase. Cell extracts were prepared, and luciferase activity, corrected for β-galactosidase activity, was expressed as fold activation relative to cells producing TETr alone. (B) The indicated TETr-cyclin E variants were translated in vitro in the presence of 35S-methionine and incubated with GST-cdk2 and glutathione Sepharose. Specifically bound proteins were resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and detected by autoradiography. In parallel, 20% of the input proteins were resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and detected by autoradiography. (c) pRB defective SAOS-2 cells transfected so as to produce HA-tagged pRB along with the indicated TETr-cyclin E variants were lysed and immunoblotted with anti-HA antibody. -
FIG. 13 shows transcriptional activation by DNA bound cyclin E dependent on cdk2 catalytic activity. (A, B) U2OS cells were transiently cotransfected with plasmids encoding TETr-cyclin A or E and, where indicated, increasing amounts of a plasmid encoding a dominant-negative (dn) form of cdk2. Cell extracts were prepared and luciferase activity, corrected for β-galactosidase activity, was determined. Corrected luciferase values were expressed as fold repression (A) or activation (B) relative to TETr alone. (C) U2OS cells were transiently transfected with plasmids encoding TETr-cdk2 or TETr-cdk2 (N132A) and a plasmid encoding either cyclin A or E. Cell extracts were prepared and luciferase activity, corrected for β-galactosidase activity, was determined. Corrected luciferase values were expressed as fold activation relative to TETr alone. -
FIG. 14 shows transcriptional effects mediated by cell-cycle dependent changes in endogenous cyclins E and A. (A, B) 3T3 cells stably transfected with a luciferase reporter plasmid containing 7 TETo sites (pUHC13-3) and a plasmid encoding TETr-cdk2 were serum-starved for 72 hours and subsequently re-fed with serum. At various timepoints thereafter aliquots of cells were removed and either lysed for immunoblot analysis with the indicated antibodies or analyzed for DNA content by propidium iodide staining followed by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). (C) 3T3 cells stably transfected with a luciferase reporter plasmid containing 7 TETo sites (pUHC13-3) in the absence (open circles) or presence of a plasmid encoding TETr-cdk2 (closed squares) or TETr-cdk2 (N132A) (open squares) were serum-starved for 72 hours and then re-fed with serum in the presence or absence of doxycycline. At various timepoints thereafter luciferase assays were performed. To correct for general effects due to serum, the luciferase values at each timepoint in the absence of doxycycline were corrected by subtracting the luciferase assay obtained in the presence of doxycycline. After correction, the luciferase values for the two cell populations were expressed relative to the corresponding luciferase values obtained attime 0. In parallel, the cells producing TETr-cdk2 were lysed and immunoprecipitated with anti-cyclin A or anti-cyclin E antibodies. The immunoprecipitates were then used to phosphorylate Histone H1 in vitro. - Methods of Treating Hypoxia or Ischemia Related Tissue Damage and Modulating Angiogenesis or Vascularization.
- Tissue ischemia is a major cause of morbidity and mortality. In principle, drugs that stabilize HIF may augment angiogenesis and the adaptation of hypoxia. The activation of HIF by hypoxia is complex and involves protein stability, nuclear localization, DNA binding capability and transcriptional activation function. The discovery that proline hydroxlaytion governs HIF turnover in the presence of oxygen will facilitate the dissection of the mechanism underlying the various aspects of HIF regulation.
- The invention also provides various methods of treating, i.e., reducing, preventing or delaying the onset of HIF-1 related disorders, modulating angiogenesis or vascularization. Examples of HIF-1 mediated disorders include chronic and acute hypoxia or ischemia related disorders such as tissue damage and scarring. Acute hypoxia or ischemia related disorders include for example myocardial infarction, stroke, cancer and diabetes such as tissue damage and scarring. Chronic hypoxia or ischemia related disorders include for example, deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolus and renal failure.
- In one aspect the invention the invention provides methods of treating or preventing a hypoxic or ischemic related disorder or modulating angiogenesis or vascularization by administering to a subject a compound that decreases prolyl hydroxylase, expression or activity. Examples of prolyl hydroxylase include human Egl-9 or homologs. (Epstein, et al Cell 107:43-54, 2001) The compound can be a prolyl hydroxylase antibody, a nucleic acid that decreases the expression of a nucleic acid that encodes a prolyl hydroxylase polypeptides such as a prolyl hydroxylase anti-sense nucleic acid or a compound identified by any of the methods of the invention. Preferably, the half life of HIF in the subject is increased in the presence of the compound as compared to the absence of the compound.
- In a further aspect the invention includes a method of treating cancer in a subject by administering to the subject a compound that increases prolyl hydroxylase expression or activity. Preferably, the compound is a compound that has been identified by the methods of the invention.
- In another aspect the invention provides a method for treating or preventing a hypoxia or ischemic related disorder in a subject by administering to a subject a compound that which modulates prolyl hydroxylation of HIF.
- In still a further aspect the invention provides a method for treating or preventing a HIF related disorder by administering to a subject a compound that which modulates prolyl hydroxylation of HIF such that the HIF related disorder is prevented reversed of stabilized.
- In yet another aspect the invention provides a method for regulating HIF turnover in a subject by administering to a subject a compound that which modulates prolyl hydroxylation.
- By “modulates” is meant to increase or decrease the prolyl hydroxylation of HIF. Compounds that inhibits prolyl hydroxylation include several small molecule proline hydroxylase inhibitors which have been developed as antifibrotic agents.
- The subject is preferably a mammal. The mammal can be, e.g., a human, non-human primate, mouse, rat, dog, cat, horse, or cow. In various aspects the subjects include patients with coronary, cerebral, or peripheral arterial disease and patients with one or more non-healing wounds.
- In order to demonstrate the efficacy of the First embodiment of the invention, e.g. employing a hypoxia-responsive LGP, the interaction of pVHL and HIF was examined. A HIF1α polypeptide that is sufficient to bind pVHL is disclosed herein. pVHL binds directly to a region of HIF1α called the oxygen-dependent degradation domain (ODD). pVHL recognizes HIF produced in rabbit reticulocyte lysate but not HIF produced in wheat germ extracts or in E. Coli. Furthermore, wheat germ or E. Coli-derived HIF binds to pVHL following preincubation with a human, rabbit, or xenopus cell extracts at 37° C. For example, glutathione S-transferase-ODD fusion proteins produced in E. Coli were not recognized by VBC in farwestern assays (
FIG. 3C ). These proteins were recognized, however, after pre-incubation with a rabbit reticulocyte lysate. Similar results were obtained with GST-ODD fusion proteins of various sizes, thus excluding the possibility that the farwestern blot signal represents a spurious interaction between VBC and a reticulocyte-derived protein. VBC did not recognize GST-ODD fusion proteins incubated with a heat-inactivated reticulocyte lysate (FIG. 3D ). Gal4-HIF fusion proteins containing HIF residues 555-575 bound specifically to immobilized GST-VHL, elongin B, elongin C complexes (FIG. 4A ). Coupled in vitro transcription/translation of 35S-labeled proteins was conducted according to the manufacturer's instructions (TNT, Promega). Also, a biotinylated peptide corresponding to HIF residues 556-575 bound to pVHL following pre-incubation with reticulocyte lysate (FIG. 4B ). For peptide binding studies, 1 μg of biotinylated peptide was bound to 30 μl of monomeric avidin Sepharose (Pierce). Where indicated, the peptide was pre-incubated with 50 μl of rabbit reticulocyte lysate for 90 min at 30° C. The Sepharose was then washed 3 times with NETN (20 mM Tris pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% non-idet P40) and used in binding reactions containing 4 μl 35S-HA-pVHLin 500 μl of EBC or 500 μl 35S-radiolabeled cell extract (equivalent to cells from a subconfluent 100 mm dish). Following 1 hour incubation at 4° C. with rocking the Sepharose was washed 4 times with NETN. Bound proteins were eluted by boiling in SDS-containing sample buffer and detected by autoradiography. This region of HIF contains a highly conserved 8 mer (MLAPYIPM) which, when mutated to 8 consecutive alanines, leads to HIF stabilization in cells. An alanine scan of this region showed that Leu562 and Pro564 were essential for specific binding to pVHL in this assay (FIG. 4B ). In contrast, mutation of the one potential phosphoacceptor in this peptide, Tyr565, did not affect pVHL binding, in keeping with an earlier study in which a Tyr565Phe mutation did not affect HIF stability. In addition, the binding of pVHL to GST-ODD in the assays described above was unaffected by phosphatase treatment. - Binding of pVHL to HIF1α is critically dependent upon residues Leu562 or Pro564 of HIF1α. Importantly, mutation of either Leu562 or Pro564 in the context of full-length HIF1α or a Gal4-ODD fusion protein also led to a loss of pVHL binding activity (
FIG. 4C and 4D , respectively). Gal4-ODD made with reticulocyte lysate contained an electrophoretically distinct band compared with Gal4-ODD made with wheat germ extract (FIG. 4D ). This electrophoretically distinct protein bound to VBC and was undetectable among the Leu562Ala and Pro564Ala translation products. The isoelectric points of the two arrowed bands inFIG. 4D were identical following 2-D gel electrophoresis indicating that the putative modification did not involve a change in protein charge. - Modification of HIFαby pVHL following binding is also critically dependent upon residues Leu562 or Pro564 of HIFlα. Gal4-HIF fusion proteins with the Leu562Ala mutation or Pro564Ala mutation displayed diminished pVHL-dependent polyubiquitination in vitro relative to the corresponding wild-type protein (
FIG. 5A ). Qualitatively similar results were obtained with the corresponding full-length HIF1α species, although this assay is less robust than with the Gal4-ODD fusion proteins. Likewise, HIF1α Pro564Ala and HIF1α Leu562Ala were far more stable than wild-type HIF1α in in vitro degradation assays performed with xenopus extracts (FIG. 5B ). Xenopus egg extracts were made as is well known in the art and stored frozen until use. Degradation reactions contained 8 μl of egg extract, 0.1 μl of 100 mg/ml cyclohexamide, 0.25 μl of energy regeneration mix, 0.25 μl of bovine ubiquitin, and 0.4 μl of 35S-radiolabeled HIF and were carried out at room temperature. At the indicatedtimepoints 1 μl aliquots were removed and placed in sample buffer. Samples were resolved on 5-15% gradient gels and analyzed by autoradiography. Biotinylated HIF (556-575) peptides were incubated with rabbit reticulocyte lysate, washed, eluted with free biotin, and analyzed by mass spectrometry. 1 μl of HPLC-purified peptide was bound to 30 μl monomeric avidin Sepharose and incubated with 100 μl of rabbit reticulocyte lysate at room temperature for 1 hour with tumbling. Following brief centrifugation the reticulocyte lysate was removed, fresh reticulocyte lysate was added, and the cycle was repeated 6 times. The Sepharose was then washed 4 times with NETN and once with PBS. The modified peptide was eluted in 50 μl of 20 mM ammonium acetate [pH 7.0], 2 mM biotin. In these experiments Met561 and Met568 were converted to alanine to prevent spurious oxidation of the methionine residues during analysis. This double alanine substitution, like the corresponding single substitutions, did not affect pVHL binding. Treatment of the HIF (556-575) peptide with rabbit reticulocyte lysate led to the appearance of a second peak in MALDI-TOF assays representing an increase in molecular weight of 16 (FIG. 6A ). This peak was not detectable prior to incubation with reticulocyte lysate and was not detected in the corresponding reticulocyte-treated Leu562Ala and Pro564Ala peptides (FIG. 6A ). Postsource decay analysis using the same instrument placed the addition of +16 at Pro 564. Similarly, electrospray ion trap mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry (MS/MS) analysis was consistent with addition of +16 at Pro 564 and excluded such a modification of Leu 562. Finally, MS/MS analysis of the reticulocyte-treated HIF (556-575) peptide produced a pattern of ions that was identical to the pattern obtained with a HIF (556-575) peptide which was synthesized to contain hydroxyproline at position 564. Next, Gal4-HIF (555-575) was translated in vitro in the presence of 3H-Proline using rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract, gel-band purified, and subjected to acid hydrolysis and thin layer chromatography. 2 ml of 3H-P-labeled Gal4-HIF (555-575) in vitro translate was immunoprecipitated with 50 μg of anti-HA antibody (12CA5, Roche), resolved on a 12% SDS-polyacrylamide gel, and transferred to a PVDF membrane. Ga14-HIF (555-575) was visualized by autoradiography and the corresponding region of PVDF was excised, hydrolyzed by incubation in 100 μl of 10 N HC1 at 105° C. for 3 hours. Samples were evaporated to dryness, resuspended in 20 μl H2O containing 10 μg of unlabeled proline and 4-OH proline (Sigma), and resolved by 2-D thin layer chromatography using phenol-distilled H2O in the first dimension and N-butanol-acetic acid-H2O in the second. Following visualization of standards with ninhydrin radiolabeled proline was detected by autoradiography. Gal4-HIF produced in rabbit reticulocyte lysate, but not in wheat germ, contained hydroxyproline (FIG. 6B ). - pVHL specifically recognizes a proline hydroxylated determinant. The HIF (556-575) peptide containing hydroxyproline at position 564 bound to pVHL with or without pretreatment with reticulocyte lysate (
FIG. 7A ). The mass spectrometry analysis of the Leu562Ala peptide showed that Leu562 was required for HIF modification (FIG. 6A ). Indeed, pVHL bound to a HIF (556-575) peptide with the Leu562Ala substition and hydroxyproline at residue 564 (FIG. 7B ). This suggests that the primary role of Leu562 is to allow for the hydroxylation of Pro564. Two approaches were used to demonstrate that hydroxylated HIF peptide could interact with cell-derived pVHL complexes. Ts20 cells were engineered to produce HA-tagged pVHL which carry a temperature-sensitive mutation in the El-ubiquitin activating enzyme. ts20 cells were transfected with pIRES-HA-VHL, pIRES-HA-VHL (Y98H), or pIRES-Neo (Invitrogen) and selected in the presence of 1 mg/ml G418. Individual G418-resistant colonies were isolated using cloning cylinders and expanded. Cells producing HA-VHL or HA-VHL (Y98H) were identified by anti-HA immunoblot analysis. HIF coimmunoprecipitated with HA-pVHL at the restrictive temperature. HIF bound to pVHL in this way could be eluted by the hydroxylated HIF (556-575) peptide but not the unmodified peptide (FIG. 7C ). For the tests shown inFIG. 7C , ts20 cells were grown at the restrictive or permissive temperature for 14 hour, methionine-starved for 90 min, and then grown in the methionine-free media supplemented with 35S-met (500 mCi/ml) for 90 min. Cells were washed once with cold PBS, lysed in EBC, and immunoprecipitated with anti-HA (12CA5; Roche or anti-HIF1α (NB100-105; Novus). Following 5 washes with NETN bound proteins were eluted by boiling in sample buffer or by incubation in 65 μl of PBS containing 7 μg of the indicated peptide. Moreover, HIF was not eluted by the HIF (556-575) Pro564Ala peptide or by a poly-hydroxyproline peptide (FIG. 7C ) Affinity chromatography was performed with immobilized peptides and metabolically labeled matched renal carcinoma cells which do (WT8) or do not (RC3) produce HA-pVHL. 786-O subclones were starved for 1 hour, grown in the methionine-free media supplemented with 35S-met (500 mCi/ml) for 3 hr, washed once with ice cold PBS, and lysed in EBC. The proline hydroxylated HIF (556-575) peptide specifically bound to pVHL as well as proteins with the expected electrophoretic mobilities of the pVHL-associated proteins elongin B, elongin C, and Cu12 (FIG. 7D ). The identity of pVHL in this experiment was confirmed by western blot analysis. Likewise, the binding of endogenous pVHL to the hydroxylated peptide was detected using 293 embryonic kidney cells. A HIF1α mutant in which Proline 564 was converted to alanine was stabilized in cells and insensitive to the hypoxia-mimetic desferoxamine (FIG. 5C ). - The HIF1α protein is stabilized in hypoxic conditions and functions to inhibit, decrease and/or reverse hypoxia in affected tissues, e.g. in a solid tumor, diabetic retinopathy or ischemic heart tissue, in part by modulating pro-angiogenic factors. A light-generating fusion protein containing a HIF1α moiety will also be stabilized in hypoxic tissue. Destruction of a HIF1α protein or a HIF1α-containing LGP via the pVHL ubiquitin pathway occurs, e.g. during normoxia, when a prolyl hydroxylase modifies the HIFla protein such that pVHL binds to and modifies HIF1α. This modification process acts as a dynamic switch to regulate the bioluminescence of the HIF1α-containing light-generating fusion protein such as the First embodiment of the invention. A HIF1α-containing light-generating fusion protein is useful to dynamically image hypoxic tissues, e.g. cancer, in situ, and to screen for or test the efficacy of hypoxia-modulating compounds.
- The following example demonstrates the efficacy of light-generating fusion proteins of the invention for imaging hypoxic tissues.
- The Oxygen-Dependent Degradation Domain (ODD) of HIF1α, renders HIF1α unstable in the presence of oxygen. This region is recognized by pVHL. pVHL specifically binds directly to peptidic determinants, corresponding to HIF1α residues 555-575, located within the ODD. At the core of this peptide there is a conserved proline residue (residue 564) which, in the presence of oxygen, becomes enzymatically hydroxylated. This residue serves as the signal for pVHL to bind. In sum, in the presence of oxygen, the HIF peptide becomes hydroxylated and is recognized by pVHL. In the absence of oxygen (hypoxia), the modification does not take place and pVHL does not bind to HIF.
- In a first set of experiments the ability of a small HIF peptide (555-575) to function in cis to target a foreign protein for pVHL-dependent proteolysis was evaluated. To this end, the HIF cDNA encoding amino acids 555-575 (hereafter ‘ODD’) was PCR amplified with oligonucleotides that introduced convenient restriction sites, digested, and gel-band purified. The PCR fragment was then subcloned, in-frame, 3′ of a Firefly luciferase cDNA contained in the pGL3 plasmid (Promega). The resulting luciferase-ODD chimeric cDNA was subcloned into pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) to facilitate in vitro translation and expression studies in mammalian cells. In parallel a pcDNA3 plasmid encoding wild-type Firefly luciferase and pcDNA3 plasmid encoding wild-type HIF1α was used as controls.
- To determine whether the ODD-luciferase protein could bind to pVHL, GST-VHL, elongin B, and elongin C (‘GST-VBC’) were produced in E. Coli and recovered as a trimeric complex on glutathione sepharose. Earlier work showed that pVHL does not fold properly in the absence of elongin B and elongin C. HIF1α, ODD-luciferase, and wild-type luciferase were translated in vitro using rabbit reticulocyte lysate (RRL) or wheat germ extract (WG) in the presence of 35S methionine (
FIG. 15 ). Aliquots from the in vitro translation reactions were added to recombinant VBC-GST prebound to glutathione sepharose and incubated for 1 hour. The sepharose was then washed and bound proteins were resolved on a 12% SDS polyacrylamide gel. The gel was then dried and exposed to film. pVHL bound to reticulocyte-generated HIF1α and ODD-Luc, but not Luc (comparelanes lanes 6 and 8). Thus the data show that ODD-Luc was specifically recognized by pVHL. - The observation that pVHL bound to ODD-Luc produced in RRL, but not WG, strongly suggested that the ODD-Luc, like HIF, needed to undergo prolyl hydroxylation in order to be recognized by pVHL. To study this further, the GST-VBC binding experiments were repeated in the presence of synthetic HIF (555-575) peptides in which Pro 564 was hydroxylated (P-OH) or was not hydroxylated (P). GST-VBC was mixed with either the control (P) peptide or the P-OH peptide in increasing concentrations (from 0-5 μg). Next in vitro translated (in retic lysate) Luc, ODD-Luc, or HIF1α was then added to see if it could efficiently compete off any bound P—OH. HIF and ODD-Luc were able to compete off the P—OH peptide effectively at even very high concentrations of P—OH. Thus, the results obtained with ODD-Luc recapitulated earlier binding studies performed with authentic HIF. (
FIG. 16 .) - In pilot experiments, it was confirmed that ODD-Luc in vitro translate retained luciferase activity in vitro comparable to wild-type luciferase. To begin to ask whether the ODD-Luc was oxygen sensitive in cells, transient transfection assays were performed. In the first set of experiments, 100 mm tissue culture plates were seeded with 8×105 HeLa cells per plate. Eighteen hours later the cells were transiently transfected, using lipofectamine (Gibco), with the pcDNA3 plasmids encoding ODD-Luc or wild-type Luc along with an internal control plasmid encoding Renilla luciferase. Twenty-four hours after transfection the cells were split into 6 well plates and allowed to adhere and grow for 8-12 hours. At this point the hypoxia mimetics desferrioxamine (DFO) or cobalt chloride (CoCl2) were added directly to the media at final concentrations of 500 mM and 200 mM respectively, in duplicate wells. In addition, some wells were not treated so as to serve as controls. 12 hours after treatment with DFO and CoCl2 the cells were lysed with Passive Lysis Buffer (Promega), rocked at room temperature for 20 minutes, and assayed for Firefly and Renilla Luciferase according to the manufacturers instructions. Results were obtained in duplicate and averaged. (
FIG. 17 ). - In the untreated cells the luciferase values for ODD-Luc were approximately 30% of the values obtained with wild-type Luc. Note that HeLa cells have wild-type pVHL and these experiments were conducted using cells grown in the presence of oxygen. The addition of hypoxia-mimetics led to a marked increased in ODD-Luc luciferase activity, whereas no such induction was detected with wild-type luciferase. The induced levels of ODD-luciferase were comparable to those obtained with wild-type luciferase. These results are consistent with the idea that ODD-Luc is subject to pVHL-dependent proteolysis in cells whereas wild-type Luc is not.
- To verify in a mammalian system that the ODD-Luc gene is indeed regulated by hypoxia or hypoxia-mimetics, the following experiment was conducted. Given the ease of subcutaneously transplanting tumors and their ability to grow and vascularize, the ability to image luciferase activity of tumors at the subcutaneous level and assess ODD-Luc's response to hypoxia was tested as follows.
- Polyclonal Hela cells stably transfected with ODD-Luc and Luc were generated. The clones were suspended in PBS and counted. 106 cells per injection site were administered subcutaneously in duplicate into the flanks of nude mice (
FIG. 18 ). Upon growth of palpable tumors (approximately 3-4 days) the mice were given intraperitoneal injections of phenobarbital for anesthesia, injected with a weight-adjusted dose of luciferin, and whole body imaged with a Xenogen Camera. To ensure that the difference in luciferase activity was not simply a function of tumor size alone, bidimensional tumor measurements were taken and were approximately equal. -
FIG. 18 shows three different mice injected with ODD-Luc (right) and Luc (left) in duplicate. The sites where ODD-Luc was injected clearly have attenuated luciferase signal. As such, the data show a real attenuation of luciferase activity, secondary ubiquitination and destruction of ODD-Luc. - In order to demonstrate the efficacy of the Second embodiment of the invention, a LGP capable of interacting with nucleic acids in order to kinetically monitor gene transcription in vivo, in vitro or in silico, the impact of cyclins on transcription was examined. As it is useful to monitor either the induction or repression of transcription, cyclins with specific affects on transcription were investigated.
- Fusion of a DNA-binding motif to a cyclin does not alter cyclin binding to a cdk or the kinase activity of the cyclin/cdk complex. Mammalian expression plasmids were generated that encode fusion proteins consisting of the TET repressor DNA-binding domain (TETr) (Gossen and Bujard, 1992) fused to cyclin A or cyclin E with an intervening flexible linker consisting of Gly4-Ser repeats (
FIG. 8A ). Both of these plasmids gave rise to stable proteins of the expected size following transfection into mammalian cells (FIG. 8B ). TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E, like their unfused counterparts, bound to cdk2 (FIGS. 11 and 12 ) and could phosphorylate p107 in vitro. Furthermore, both TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E promoted pRB phosphorylation and bypassed a pRB-induced G1/S block when cointroduced with wild-type pRB into pRB-defective tumor cells (FIG. 8C ). - Cyclin A and cyclin E dramatically affect transcription. U2OS cells were transiently transfected with plasmids encoding various TETr fusion proteins and a luciferase reporter plasmid containing 7 TETo binding sites upstream of a TATA box derived from the CMV promoter (
FIG. 9A ). TETr binds specifically to TETo sites. As expected, TETr-RB repressed transcription from this reporter plasmid whereas TETr-E2F1 activated the reporter (FIGS. 9B-C ). The basal activity observed with this reporter plasmid presumably reflects the presence of cryptic enhancer sequences. In this and subsequent assays, the TETr domain alone was essentially inert. Surprisingly, TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E both dramatically affected transcription in this assay and did so in opposite ways. TETr-cyclin A decreased transcription approximately 80% (5-fold repression) whereas TETr-cyclin E increased transcription 10-fold (FIGS. 9B-C ). Doxycycline prevents the binding of TETr to TETo and completely blocked the transcriptional effects of TETr-cyclin A and TETr-cyclin E (FIG. 10A ). As expected, doxycycline also blocked the transcriptional effects of TETr-RB and TETr-E2F1, which were tested in parallel. Furthermore, unfused cyclin A and E had no effects on the TETo-driven reporter plasmid (FIG. 10B ). Experiments were repeated using reporters containing 1, 2, 3, or 7 TETo in which the CMV-derived TATA box was replaced with a minimal HSV TK promoter (Gossen and Bujard, 1992) (FIG. 10C ). TETr-cyclin E also activated these reporters in doxycycline-inhibitable manner. The degree of activation observed with the HSV TK series of reporters was lower than with the CMV TATA-based reporter, in keeping with earlier results obtained with these reporters and fused TETr to the HSV VP16 transcriptional activation domain (Gossen and Bujard). The low basal level of transcription from these reporters precluded analysis of repression by cyclin A. - The specific domains of the cyclins that bind to the cdks are critical for cyclin-mediated transcriptional regulation. Plasmids encoding TETr fused to various colinear fragments of cyclin A and E were used to determine which regions of these molecules are required for transcriptional regulation (
FIGS. 11 and 12 ). All of the resulting fusion proteins were expressed at comparable levels in transient transfection experiments. Cyclin A (1-310), like wild-type cyclin A, repressed transcription when fused to TETr (FIG. 11A ). This fragment of cyclin A does not bind to cdk2 (FIG. 11B ) and cannot direct the phosphorylation of pRB when introduced into cells (FIG. 11C ). Conversely, a cyclin A point mutant (E220A) (Schulman et al.,1998) that measurably interacts with cdk2 (FIG. 11B ) and directs the phosphorylation of pRB (FIG. 11C ) did not repress transcription in these assays (FIG. 1IA ). This mutation maps to the cyclin A cyclin box (FIG. 11A ). TETr-cyclin A also repressed transcription when tested in p107-/-; p130-/- mouse fibroblasts and cyclin A (1-310) does not bind to either p107 or p130. Only those cyclin E mutants that bind to cdk2 (FIG. 12B ) and could direct the phosphorylation of pRB (FIG. 12C ) scored as transcriptional activators (FIG. 12A ). For example, Schulman et al (1998) identified cyclin A residues that are critical for substrate binding and assembly with cdk2. Mutation of analogous residues in cyclin E produced a mutant (cyclin E L134A/Q174A) that likewise failed to bind to cdk2 (FIG. 12B ) and failed to phosphorylate pRB (FIG. 12C ). This mutant did not activate transcription (FIG. 12 ). In keeping with these results, a dominant-negative form of cdk2 blocked transcriptional activation by cyclin E (FIG. 13B ) but had no effect on transcriptional repression by cyclin A (FIG. 13A ). Similarly, cyclin E, but not cyclin A, activated transcription in concert with a TETr-cdk2 fusion provided the kinase domain was intact (FIG. 13C ). Comparable production of TETr-cdk2 and kinase-defective TETr-cdk2(N132A) was confirmed by immunoblot assay. Xenopus cyclin E (Jackson et al.,1995), like its human counterpart, also activated transcription in these assays (data not shown). This activity was specific as xenopus cyclin E variants with point mutations affecting the cyclin box were inert. - The Second embodiment of the invention is useful to dynamically image transcription in vivo. For example, cyclin E can activate transcription under physiological conditions. 3T3 cells were transfected with the plasmid containing a selectable marker and TETo reporter plasmid with or without a plasmid encoding TETr-cdk2. Following drug selection, the stable transfectants were maintained as polyclonal pools and serum starved into quiescence. At various timepoints after serum refeeding, cell lysates were prepared and used in immunoblot, in vitro kinase, and luciferase assays (
FIG. 14 ). In parallel, aliquots of the cells were analyzed for DNA content by FACS. In this system, S-phase entry began 18-20 hours following the addition of serum. As expected, luciferase activity increased in the TETr-cdk2 producing cells coincident with an increase in cyclin E protein levels and cyclin E-associated kinase activity (FIGS. 14A-C ). No such increase was observed in the cells producing equivalent amounts of TETr-cdk2 (N132A) or transfected with the reporter alone (FIG. 14C and data not shown). Note that the amount of TETr-cdk2 in these cells was less than the amount of endogenous cdk2 (FIG. 14B ). Thus, the results are unlikely to be an artifact of overproduction. Luciferase values declined as cyclin E levels fell and cyclin A levels began to rise. - The Second embodiment of the invention in part relates to LGPs containing cyclin binding domains. Thus, these LGPs are useful to dynamically quantify alterations in transcription of cell-cycle associated genes, such as oncogenes and tumor suppressors. A LGP containing a cyclin-binding moiety can be localized to regions undergoing cell proliferation, such as a tumor, and can be used to screen for and determine the efficacy of cell proliferation modulating compounds.
- U2OS human osteosarcoma cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle media (DMEM) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetalclone (Hyclone) (FC), 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 mg/ml streptomycin, and 2 mM L-glutamine (PSG). SAOS-2 human osteosarcoma cells and NIH 3T3 mouse fibroblast cells were grown in DMEM supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) and PSG. NIH 3T3 stable subclones transfected with the pCMV-neo and pUHC13-3 reporter plasmid alone or with pSG5-TETr-cdk2 or with pSG5-TETr-cdk2(N132A) were maintained in 0.7 mg/ml of G418. Cells were transfected using 2×Bes-buffered saline (2×BBS)/calcium phosphate as described (Chen and Okayama, 1987). Where indicated doxycycline (Sigma) was added 24 hours after transfection to a final concentration of 2 μg/ml. Cells were maintained in doxycycline for an additional 24 hours prior to harvest.
- pRcCMV-cdk2 dominant negative (van den Heuvel and Harlow, 1993) was a gift of Dr. Ed Harlow; pVL1393-cdk2(N132A) (Xu et al., 1994) was a gift of Dr. Helen Piwnica-Worms; pCD19 (Tedder and Isaacs, 1989) was a gift of Dr. Thomas Tedder and pUHC13-3; ptet1-T81luc, ptet2-T81-luc, ptet3-T81-luc, and ptet7-T81-luc (Gossen and Bujard, 1992) were gifts of Dr Manfred Gossen. pSG5-TETr-E2F1, pSG5-TETr-RB, pSG5-HA-RB (Sellers, 1995), pGEX-2TK-cdk2 (Adams et al., 1996) have been described previously. To make pSG5-TETr-cyclin A, a protein phosphatase 1 (PP1) cDNA was first PCR amplified with
oligos 5′-GCGCTGATCAGGCGGAGGCGGATCAGGAGGAGGAGGATCAGGCGGAGGAGGATCAGGAT CCATGTCCGACAGCGAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 7) and 5′-GCGCGAATTCATTTCTTGGCTTTGGCAGA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 8). The PCR product was cut with Bc1I and EcoRI and subcloned into pSG5-TETr cut with BamHI and EcoRI to make pSG5-TETr-(G1Y4-Ser)3-PP1. The cyclin A open reading frame (ORP) was PCR amplified with primers that introduced a 5′ BamHI site and a 3′ EcoRI site and subcloned into pSP72 (Promega) cut with these two enzymes to make pSP72-cyclin A. The PPI ‘suffer ’from pSG5-TETr-(Gly4-Ser)3-PP1 was then excised by digestion with BamHI and EcoRI and replaced with the cyclin A cDNA insert from pSP72-cyclin A. To make pSG5-TETr-cyclin E, the cyclin E ORF in pRcCMV-cyclin E was PCR amplified with primers that introduced a 5′ BglII and 3′ EcoRI site. The PCR product was cut with these two enzymes and ligated into the BamHI-EcoRI backbone of pSG5-TETr-PP1. In parallel, these restricted cyclin A and cyclin E PCR products were subcloned into pSG5-HA cut with BamHI and EcoRI to make pSG5-HA-cyclin A and pSG5-HA-cyclin E, respectively. Plasmids encoding cyclin A and cyclin E N-terminal and C-terminal deletion mutants were made in an analogous fashion by using PCR primers that selectively amplified the desired coding regions. To make pSG5-TETr-cdk2 and pSG5-TETr-cdk2 (N132A), the cdk2 ORF in pRcCMV-cdk2 and pVL1393-cdk2 (N132A), respectively, were PCR amplified with primers that introduced a 5′ BamHI and 3′ EcoRI site. The PCR products were cut with these two enzymes and ligated into the BamHI-EcoRI backbone of pSG5-TETr-PP1. All PCR reactions were performed with Pfu DNA polymerase and the authenticity of plasmids containing the entire cyclin A, cyclin E, or cdk2 open reading frame was confirmed by direct DNA sequencing. pSG5-TETr-cyclin A (E220A) and pSG5-TETr-cyclin E (L134A/Q174A) were generated using Transformer Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit (Clontech) according to manufacture's instructions using pSG5-TETr-cyclin A and pSG5-TETr-cyclin E as a template, respectively, and confirmed by DNA sequencing. - Antibodies and Immunoblot Analysis
- Monoclonal anti-TETr was purchased from Clontech and anti-HA (12CA5) was purchased from Boehringer Mannheim. Polyclonal anti-cyclin A (SC-751), monoclonal and polyclonal anti-cyclin E (SC-247, SC-481), and polyclonal anti-cdk2 (SC-163) were purchased from Santa Cruz. Cell extracts were made by lysis in EBC buffer (50mM Tris [pH8], 120 mM NaCl, 0.5% Nonidet P-40). For immunoblot analysis, ˜100 μg of cell extract was loaded per lane. Nitrocellulose filters were blocked in 4% powdered milk/1% goat serum in TBS-T (10 mM Tris [pH 8], 0.05% Tween, 150 mM NaC1) for 1 hour at room temperature prior to incubation in primary antibody. Anti-HA (12CA5) was used at a concentration of 1.0 μg/ml, anti-TETr antibody at 1:500 dilution (v/v), anti-cyclin A (SC-751) at 1:1,000 dilution (v/v), anti-cyclin E (SC-247, SC-481) at 1:1,000 dilution (v/v) and anti-cdk2 (SC-163) at 1:1,000 dilution (v/v). Following 4 washes with TBS/T, bound antibody was detected using alkaline phosphatase-conjugated secondary antibodies.
- GST Pull-Down Assay
- Glutathione S-transferase pull-down assays were performed basically as described previously (Kaelin et al., 1991). Binding reactions contained 10 μl of 35S-radiolabelled in vitro translates made with a TNT kit (Promega) and approximately 1 μg of the indicated GST fusion protein in 1 ml of NETN (20mM Tris [pH 8], 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5% Nonidet P-40). Following 1 hour incubation at 4° C. with rocking, the Sepharose was washed 5 times with NETN. Bound proteins were eluted by boiling in SDS-containing sample buffer and resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Comparable loading of GST-fusion proteins was confirmed by Coomassie brilliant blue staining and 35S-radiolabelled proteins were detected by fluorography.
- FACS/Cell Cycle Analysis
- Fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) was done essentially as described (Qin et al., 1995). Briefly, subconfluent SAOS-2 cells grown in 100 mm dishes were transfected with 2 μg of pCD19 and 10 μg of pSG5-HA-RB together with plasmids encoding the indicated cyclins. 72 hr later the cells were harvested with trypsin-EDTA and stained with FITC-conjugated anti-CD19 antibody (CALTAG) and propiodium iodide. Samples were analyzed by two-color FACS with a FACScan (Becton Dickinson). For cell cycle synchronization, cells were starved in serum-free DMEM for 72 hours before being stimulated with 10% FBS.
- Luciferase Reporter Gene Assay
- For TETr-fusion transcriptional assay, subconfluent U2OS cells were transiently transfected in 6-well plates in duplicate with 1 μg of pCMV-μgal, 1 μg of pUHC13-3 reporter plasmid, and 3 μg of the indicated plasmids encoding TETr-fusion proteins. Sufficient parental pSG5-TETr was added so that each reaction contained the same amount of pSG5-TETr backbone. 48 hours after transfection luciferase activity and β-galactosidase activity was determined as described previously (Qin, 1995).
- In Vitro Kinase Assay
- 500 μg of cell extract was incubated with protein A Sepharose and 1 μg of anti-cyclin E (SC-481) or anti-cyclin A (SC-751) antibody for 1 hour at 4° C. in a final volume of 0.5 mL. The Sepharose was then washed 5 times with NETN and 3 times in IP kinase (IPK) buffer (50 mM Tris-HC1 [pH 7.5], 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM DTT). The Sepharose was then resuspended in 27 μl of IPK buffer to which was added 2 μl of histone H1 (1 mg/ml) and 1 μl of [γ−32P] ATP (6,000 Ci/mmol, 10 mCi/ml) and incubated for 30 min at 30° C. Reactions were stopped by addition of Laemmli sample buffer, boiled, resolved by SDS-polyacrylamidel gel electrophoresis, and subjected to autoradiography.
- G. Semenza, Annu. Rev. Cell Dev. Biol. 15, 551-578 (1999).
- H. Zhu, F. Bunn, Resp. Phys. 115, 239-247 (1999).
- T. Kamura, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 97, 10430-10435 (2000).
M. Cockman, et al., J Biol. Chem 275, 25733-41 (2000). - C. Pugh, 1. O'Rourke, M. Nagao, J. Gleadle, P. Ratcliffe, J Biol. Chem 272, 11205-14 (1997).
- Adams, P. D., Sellers, W. R., Sharma, S. K., Wu, A. D., Nalin, C. M. and Kaelin, W. G. (1996) Identification of a Cyclin-cdk2 recognition motif present in substrates and p21-like cdk inhibitors. Mol Cell. Biol. 16, 6623-6633
Adams, P. D., Li, X., Sellers, W. R., Baker, K. B., Leng, X., Harper, J. W., Taya, Y. and Kaelin, W. G. (1999) The retinoblastoma protein contains a C-terminal motif that targets it for phosphorylation by cyclin/cdk complexes. Mol. Cell.Biol. 19, 1068-1080
Akoulitchev, S., Chuikov, S., Reinberg, D. (2000) TFIIH is negatively regulated by cdk8-containing mediator complexes. Nature, 407, 102-6
Bagby, S., Kim, S., Maldonado, E., Tong, K. I., Reinberg, D. and Ikura, M. (1995) Solution structure of the C-terminal core domain of human TFIIB : similarity to cyclin A and interaction with TATA-binding protein. Cell 82, 857-867
Bandara, L. R., Adamczewski, J. P., Hunt, T. and La Thangue, N. B. (1991) Cyclin A and the retinoblastoma gene product complex with a common transcription factor. Nature 352, 249-251
Beijersbergen, R. L., Carlee, L., Kerkhoven, R. M. and Bernards, R. (1995) Regulation of the retinoblastoma protein-related p107 by G1 cyclin complexes. Genes Dev. 9, 1340-1353
Bieniasz, P. D., Grdina, T. A., Bogerd, H. P. and Cullen, B. R. (1999) Recruitment of cyclin T1/P-TEFb to anHIV type 1 long terminal repeat promoter proximal RNA target is both necessary and sufficient for full activation of transcription. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96, 7791-7796
Bochar, D. A., Pan, Z. Q., Knights, R., Fisher, R. P., Shilatifard, A. and Shiekhattar, R. (1999) Inhibition of transcription by the trimeric cyclin-dependent kinase 7 complex. Biol. Chem. 274, 13162-13166
Chen, C. and Okayama, H. (1987) High-efficiency transformation of mammalian cells by plasmid DNA. Mol. Cell. Biol. 7, 2745-2752
Chen, J., Saha, P., Kornbluth, S., Dynlacht, B. D. and Dutta, A. (1996) Cyclin-binding motifs are essential for the function of p21 CIP1. Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 4673-4682
Dahmus, M. E. (1996) Reversible phosphorylation of the C-terminal domain of RNA polymerase II. J Biol. Chem. 271, 19009-19012
Devoto, S. H., Mudryj, M., Pines, J., Hunter, T. and Nevins, J. R. (1992) A cyclin A protein kinase complex possesses sequence specific DNA binding activity; p33cdk2 is a component of the E2F-Cyclin A complex. Cell 68, 167-176
Dynlacht, B. D. (1997) Regulation of transcription by proteins that control the cell cycle. Nature 389, 149-152
Dynlacht, B. D., Brook, A., Dembski, M., Yenush, L. and Dyson, N. (1994) DNA-binding and trans-activation properties of drosophila E2F and DP proteins. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91, 6359-6363
Dynlacht, B. D., Moberg, K., Lees, J. A., Harlow, E. and Zhu, L. (1997) Specific regulation of E2F family members by cyclin-dependent kinases. Mol. Cell. Biol. 17, 3867-3875
Ewen, M. E., Faha, B., Harlow, E. and Livingston, D. M. (1992) Interaction of p107 with cyclin A independent of complex formation with viral oncoproteins. Science 255, 85-87
Faha, B., Ewen, M., Tsai, L., Livingston, D. M. and Harlow, E. (1992) Interaction between human cyclin A and adenovirus E1A-associated p107 Protein. Science 255, 87-90
Felzen, L. K., Farrell, S., Betts, J. C., Mosavin, R. and Nabel, G. J. (1999) Specificity of cyclin-cdk2, TFIIB, and E1A interactions with a common domain of the p300 coactivator. Mol. Cell. Biol. 19, 4241-4246
Fu, T. J., Peng, J., Lee, G., Price, D. H. and Flores, 0. (1999) Cyclin K functions as a CDK9 regulatory subunit and participates in RNA polymerase II transcription. J Biol. Chem. 274, 34527-34530
Gebara, M. M., Sayre, M. H. and Corden, J. L. (1997) Phosphorylation of the carboxy-terminal repeat domain in RNA polymerase II by cyclin-dependent kinases is sufficient to inhibit transcription. J Cell. Biochem. 64, 390-402
Gossen, M. and Bujard, H. (1992) Tight control of gene expression in mammalian cells by tetracycline-responsive promoters. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89, 5547-5551
Hannon, G. J., Demetrick, D. and Beach, D. (1993) Isolation of the Rb-related p130 through its interactions with CDK2 and cyclins. Genes Dev. 7, 2378-2391
Hengartner, C. J., Myer, V. E., Liao, S. M., J., W. C., Koh, S. S. and Young, R. A. (1998) Temporal regulation of RNA polymerase II by Srb10 and Kin28 cyclin-dependent kinases. Mol.Cell 2, 43-53
Jackson, P. K., Chevalier, S., Philippe, M. and Kirschner, M. W. (1995) Early events in DNA replication require cyclin E and are blocked by p21CIP1. J Cell. Biol. 130, 755-69
Jeffrey, P., Gonna, S. and Pavletich, N. (1995) Crystal structure of the tetramerization domain of the p53 tumor suppressor at 1.7 angstroms. Science 267, 1498-1502
Jones, K. A. (1997) Taking a new TAK on Tat transactivation. Genes Dev. 11, 2593-2599
Kaelin, W. G., Pallas, D. C., DeCaprio, J. A., Kaye, F. J. and Livingston, D. M. (1991) Identification of cellular proteins that can interact specifically with the T/E1A-binding region of the retinoblastoma gene product. Cell 64, 521-532
Kimmelman, J., Kaldis, P., Hengartner, C. J., Laff, G. M., Koh, S. S., Young, R. A. and Solomon, M. J. (1999) Activating phosphorylation of the Kin28p subunit of yeast TFIIH by Cak1p. Mol. Cell. Biol. 19, 4774-4787
Krek, W., Ewen, M., Shirodkar, S., Arany, Z., Kaelin, W. G. and Livingston, D. M. (1994) Negative regulation of the growth-promoting transcription Factor E2F-1 by a stably bound cyclin A-dependent protein kinase.Cell 78, 1-20
Lania, L., Majello, B. and Napolitano, G. (1999) Transcriptional control by cell-cycle regulators: a review. J Cell. Physiol. 179, 134-141
Lee, M. H., Williams, B. O., Mulligan, G., Mukai, S., Bronson, R. T., Dyson, N., Harlow, E. and Jacks, T. (1996) Targeted disruption of p107: functional overlap between p107 and Rb. Genes Dev. 10, 1621-1632
Lees, E., Faha, B., Dulic, V., Reed, S. I. and Harlow, E. (1992) Cyclin E/cdk2 and cyclin A/cdk2 kinases associate with p107 and E2F in a temporally distinct manner. Genes Dev. 6, 1874-1885
Leresche, A., Wolf, V. J. and Gottesfeld, J. M. (1996) Repression of RNA polymerase II and III transcription during M phase of the cell cycle. Exp Cell Res. 229, 282-288
Ma, T., Van Tine, B. A., Wei, Y, Garrett, M. D., Nelson, D., Adams, P. D., Wang, J., Qin, J., Chow, L. T., Harper, J. W. (2000) Cell cycle-regulated phosphorylation of p220NPAT by cyclin E/Cdk2 in Cajal bodies promotes histone gene transcription. Genes Dev., 14, 2298-2313
Majello, B., Napolitano, G., Giordano, A. and Lania, L. (1999) Transcriptional regulation by targeted recruitment of cyclin-dependent CDK9 kinase in vivo. Oncogene, 18, 4598-4605
Mudryj, M., Devoto, S. H., Hiebert, S. W., Hunter, T., Pines, J. and Nevins, J. R. (1991) Cell cycle regulation of the E2F transcription factor involves an interactin with cyclin A. Cell 65, 1243-1253
Neuman, E., Ladha, M. H., Lin, N., Upton, T. M., Miller, S. J., DiRenzo, J., Pestell, R. G., Hinds, P. W., Dowdy, S. F., Brown, M., Ewen, M.E. (1997) Cyclin D1 stimulation of estrogen receptor transcriptional activity independent of cdk4.Mol Cell Biol 17, 5338-47
Noble, M. E., Endicott, J. A., Brown, N. R. and Johnson, L. N. (1997) The cyclin box fold: protein recognition in cell-cycle and transcription control. Trends Biochem Sci. 22, 482-487
Peeper, D. S., Parker, L. L., Ewen, M. E., Toebes, M., Frederick, F. L., Xu, M., Zantema, A., van der Eb, A. J. and Pinwica-Worms, H. (1993) A- and B- type cyclins differentially modulate substrate specificity of cyclin-CDK complexes. EMBO J 112, 1947-1954
Perkins, N. D., Felzen, L. K., Betts, J. C., Leung, K., Beach, D. H. and N abel, G. J. (1997) Regulation of NF-kappaB by cyclin-dependent Kinases associated with the p300 Coactivator. Science 275, 523-527
Qin, X.-Q., Livingston, D. M., Ewen, M., Sellers, W. R., Arany, Z., and Kaelin, W. G. (1995) The transcription factor E2F1 is a downstream target of RB action. Mol. Biol. Cell. 15, 742-755
Rickert, P., Corden, J. L. and Lees, E. (1999) Cyelin C/CDK8 and cyclin H/CDK7/p36 are biochemically distinct CTD kinases.Oncogene 18, 1093-1102
Roberts, J. M. (1999) Evolving ideas about cyclins. Cell 98, 129-132
Schulman, B., Lindstrom, D. and Harlow, E.: (1998) Substrate recruitment to cyclin-dependent kinase 2 by a multipurpose docking site on cyclin A. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 10453-10458
Schwarz, J. K., Devoto, S. H., Smith, E. J., Chellappan, S. P., Jakoi, L. and Nevins, J. R. (1993) Interactions of the p107 and Rb proteins with E2F during the cell proliferation response.EMBO J 1 12, 1013-1020
Sellers, W. R., Neuman, E. and Kaelin, W. G. (1995) The Retinoblastoma protein contains a potent transrepression domain which Induces a cell-cycle block when bound to DNA. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92, 11544-11548
Shanahan, F., Seghezzi, W., Parry, D., Mahony, D. and Lees, E. (1999) Cyclin E associates with BAF155 and BRG1, components of the mammalian SWI-SNF complex, and alters the ability of BRG1 to induce growth arrest. Mol. Cell. Biol. 19, 1460-1469
Sherr, C J. (1996) Cancer Cell Cycles. Science, 274, 1672-1677
Smith, E. J., Leone, G. and Nevins, J. R. (1998) Distinct mechanisms control the accumulation of the Rb-related p107 and p130 proteins during cell growth. Cell Growth Differ. 9, 297-303
Starostik, P., Chow, K. N, and Dean, D. C. (1996) Transcriptional repression and growth suppression by the p107 pocket protein. Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 3606-3614
Tedder, T. F. and Isaacs, C. M. (1989) Isolation of cDNAs Encoding the CD19 Antigen of Human and Mouse B Lymphocytes. J. Immunology 143, 712-717
van den Heuvel, S. and Harlow, E. (1993) Distinct roles for cyclin-dependent kinases in cell cycle control. Science 262, 2050-2053
Weinberg, R. A. (1995) The retinoblastoma protein and cell cycle control. Cell 81, 323-330
Xu, M., Sheppard, K. A., Peng, C-Y., Yee, A. S., and Piwnica-Worms, H. (1994) Cyclin A/cdk2 binds directly to E2F1 and inhibits the DNA-binding activity of E2F1/DP1 by phosphorylation. Mol. Cell. Biol. 14, 8420-8431
Yankulov, K. Y. and Bentley, D. L. (1997) Regulation of CDK7 substrate specificity by MAT1 and TFIIH. EMBO J. 16, 1638-1646
Zamanian, M. and La Thangue, N. B. (1993) Transcriptional repression by the RB-related protein p107.Mol. Biol. Cell 4, 389-396
Zhao, J., Dynlacht, B., lmai, T., Hon, T. and Harlow, E. (1998) Expression of NPAT, a novel substrate of cyclin E-CDK2, promotes S-phase entry. Genes Dev. 12, 456-461
Zhao, J., Kennedy, B. K., Lawrence, B. D., Barbie, D. A., Matera, A. G., Fletcher, J. A. and Harlow, E. (2000) NPAT links cyclin E-Cdk2 to the regulation of replication-dependent histone gene transcription. Genes and Dev. 14, 2283-2297
Zhu, L., Enders, G., Lees, J. A., Beijersbergen, R. L., Bernards, R. and Harlow, E. (1995a) The pRB-related protein p107 contains two growth suppression domains: Independent interactions with E2F and cyclin/cdk complexes. EMBO J. 14, 1904-1913
Zhu, L., Harlow, E. and Dynlacht, B. D. (1995b) p107 uses a p21/CIP1-related domain to bind cyclin/cdk2 and regulate interactions with E2F. Genes Dev. 9, 1740-1752
Zhu, Y., Pe'ery, T., Peng, J., Ramanathan, Y., Marshall, N., Marshall, T., Amendt, B., Mathews, M.B. and Price, D.H. (1997) Transcription elongation factor P-TEFb is required for HIV-1 tat transactivation in vitro. Genes Dev. 11, 2622-2632
Zwijsen, R. M., Wientjens, E., Klompmaker, R., van der Sman, J., Bernards, R., Michalides, R J. (1997) CDK-independent activation of estrogen receptor by cyclin D1. Cell 88, 405-15
Zwijsen, R. M., Buckle, R. S., Hijmans, E. M., Loomans, C. J., Bernards, R. (1998) Ligand-independent recruitment of steroid receptor coactivators to estrogen receptor by cyclin D1. Genes Dev. 12, 3488-98 - Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific procedures described herein. Such equivalents are considered to be within the scope of the present invention and are covered by the following claims. The contents of all references, issued patents, and published patent applications cited throughout this application are hereby incorporated by reference. The appropriate components, processes, and methods of those patents, applications and other documents may be selected for the present invention and embodiments thereof.
Claims (8)
1-14. (canceled)
15. A method of treating or preventing a hypoxic or ischemic related disorder in a subject, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a compound which decreases prolyl hydroxylase expression or activity, such that said hypoxic or ischemic related disorder is treated, wherein the compound is identified by an assay comprising the steps of:
a) bringing into contact a prolyl hydroxylase, a HIF1α polypeptide moiety consisting of amino acids 555-575 of wild type HIFα, numbered in accordance with wild type HIFα, and a putative modulator compound under conditions where prolyl hydroxylase, in the absence of modulator, is capable of acting on said HIF1α polypeptide moiety; and
b) measuring the degree of prolyl hydroxylase inhibition caused by said modulator compound.
16-21. (canceled)
22. A method of increasing angiogenesis or vascularization in a subject, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a compound which decreases prolyl hydroxylase expression or activity identified by an assay comprising the steps of:
a) bringing into contact a prolyl hydroxylase, a HIF1α polypeptide moiety consisting of amino acids 555-575 of wild type HIFα, numbered in accordance with wild type HIFα, and a putative modulator compound under conditions where prolyl hydroxylase, in the absence of modulator, is capable of acting on said HIF1α polypeptide moiety; and
b) measuring the degree of prolyl hydroxylase inhibition caused by said modulator compound.
23-54. (canceled)
55. The method of claim 15 , wherein said assay further comprises pVHL.
56. The method of claim 15 , wherein the hypoxic or ischemic related disorder is tissue ischemia.
57. The method of claim 22 , wherein said assay further comprises pVHL.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/100,272 US20220291216A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2020-11-20 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
Applications Claiming Priority (18)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US27744001P | 2001-03-20 | 2001-03-20 | |
US27742501P | 2001-03-20 | 2001-03-20 | |
US27743101P | 2001-03-20 | 2001-03-20 | |
US33233401P | 2001-11-09 | 2001-11-09 | |
US34520001P | 2001-11-09 | 2001-11-09 | |
US33249301P | 2001-11-09 | 2001-11-09 | |
US34513101P | 2001-12-20 | 2001-12-20 | |
US34513201P | 2001-12-20 | 2001-12-20 | |
US34259801P | 2001-12-20 | 2001-12-20 | |
US10/101,812 US6855510B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2002-03-19 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US10/859,935 US20040248233A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2004-06-02 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US11/027,273 US20050186650A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2004-12-30 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US11/879,300 US7985563B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2007-07-17 | HIFαprolyl hydroxylation assay |
US13/066,033 US8809011B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2011-04-04 | HIFα hydroxylation assay |
US14/328,588 US9766240B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2014-07-10 | Method of identifying a compound for treating a hypoxic or ischemic related disorder |
US15/594,454 US10365278B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2017-05-12 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US16/433,992 US20200209239A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2019-06-06 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US17/100,272 US20220291216A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2020-11-20 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/433,992 Continuation US20200209239A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2019-06-06 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220291216A1 true US20220291216A1 (en) | 2022-09-15 |
Family
ID=27580991
Family Applications (10)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/101,812 Expired - Lifetime US6855510B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2002-03-19 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US10/859,935 Abandoned US20040248233A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2004-06-02 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US11/027,273 Abandoned US20050186650A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2004-12-30 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US11/879,300 Expired - Fee Related US7985563B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2007-07-17 | HIFαprolyl hydroxylation assay |
US12/190,987 Abandoned US20100233735A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2008-08-13 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US13/066,033 Expired - Lifetime US8809011B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2011-04-04 | HIFα hydroxylation assay |
US14/328,588 Expired - Lifetime US9766240B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2014-07-10 | Method of identifying a compound for treating a hypoxic or ischemic related disorder |
US15/594,454 Expired - Fee Related US10365278B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2017-05-12 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US16/433,992 Abandoned US20200209239A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2019-06-06 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US17/100,272 Abandoned US20220291216A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2020-11-20 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
Family Applications Before (9)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/101,812 Expired - Lifetime US6855510B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2002-03-19 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US10/859,935 Abandoned US20040248233A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2004-06-02 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US11/027,273 Abandoned US20050186650A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2004-12-30 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US11/879,300 Expired - Fee Related US7985563B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2007-07-17 | HIFαprolyl hydroxylation assay |
US12/190,987 Abandoned US20100233735A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2008-08-13 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US13/066,033 Expired - Lifetime US8809011B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2011-04-04 | HIFα hydroxylation assay |
US14/328,588 Expired - Lifetime US9766240B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2014-07-10 | Method of identifying a compound for treating a hypoxic or ischemic related disorder |
US15/594,454 Expired - Fee Related US10365278B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2017-05-12 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US16/433,992 Abandoned US20200209239A1 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2019-06-06 | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (10) | US6855510B2 (en) |
EP (3) | EP2179730A1 (en) |
JP (4) | JP4116442B2 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE447620T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2002252466A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2441291C (en) |
DE (1) | DE60234248D1 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2335751T3 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002074249A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (38)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6123715A (en) * | 1994-07-08 | 2000-09-26 | Amplatz; Curtis | Method of forming medical devices; intravascular occlusion devices |
US6673554B1 (en) * | 1999-06-14 | 2004-01-06 | Trellie Bioinformatics, Inc. | Protein localization assays for toxicity and antidotes thereto |
US6855510B2 (en) * | 2001-03-20 | 2005-02-15 | Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US7919274B2 (en) * | 2001-03-20 | 2011-04-05 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Light-emitting fusion proteins and diagnostic and therapeutic methods therefor |
WO2002074981A2 (en) | 2001-03-21 | 2002-09-26 | Isis Innovation Ltd. | Assays, methods and means relating to hypoxia inducible factor (hif) hydroxylase |
EP2298301B2 (en) | 2001-12-06 | 2022-11-16 | Fibrogen, Inc. | Medicaments for treating anemia associated with kidney disease |
AU2003208684A1 (en) * | 2002-03-05 | 2003-09-16 | Angiogenetics Sweden Ab | Critical hypoxia-inducible factor-1alpha residues, products and methods related thereto |
JP4097485B2 (en) * | 2002-08-28 | 2008-06-11 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | Method for capturing a reaction intermediate between an oxidoreductase and a substrate |
US8124582B2 (en) * | 2002-12-06 | 2012-02-28 | Fibrogen, Inc. | Treatment of diabetes |
ES2362032T3 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2011-06-27 | Fibrogen, Inc. | HETEROARILO COMPOUNDS CONTAINING NITROGEN AND ITS USE IN THE INCREASE OF Endogenous Erythropoietin. |
US8614204B2 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2013-12-24 | Fibrogen, Inc. | Enhanced erythropoiesis and iron metabolism |
WO2005007192A2 (en) * | 2003-06-06 | 2005-01-27 | Fibrogen, Inc. | Cytoprotection through the use of hif hydroxylase inhibitors |
US20050214894A1 (en) * | 2004-03-26 | 2005-09-29 | Schofield Christopher J | High throughput assay |
US20080213404A1 (en) * | 2005-02-04 | 2008-09-04 | Johnson Randall S | Hif Modulating Compounds and Methods of Use Thereof |
WO2006138511A2 (en) * | 2005-06-15 | 2006-12-28 | Fibrogen, Inc. | Use of hif 1alfa modulators for treatment of cancer |
AU2007218051A1 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2007-08-30 | Fibrogen, Inc. | Compounds and methods for treatment of stroke |
US7588924B2 (en) * | 2006-03-07 | 2009-09-15 | Procter & Gamble Company | Crystal of hypoxia inducible factor 1 alpha prolyl hydroxylase |
SI2044005T1 (en) | 2006-06-26 | 2011-01-31 | Warner Chilcott Co Llc | Prolyl hydroxylase inhibitors and methods of use |
JP2010085108A (en) * | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-15 | Nano Factory:Kk | Probe for imaging biolight |
WO2010089712A2 (en) * | 2009-02-05 | 2010-08-12 | Lui, Jacqueline, C. | Formulation for the treatment of hypoxia and related disorders |
KR101483831B1 (en) | 2009-11-06 | 2015-01-21 | 에르피오 세러퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 | Compositions and methods for treating colitis |
NO2686520T3 (en) | 2011-06-06 | 2018-03-17 | ||
US11262362B2 (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2022-03-01 | Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center | 2-hydroxyglutarate as a biomarker for chronic hypoxia |
MY171483A (en) | 2012-07-16 | 2019-10-15 | Fibrogen Inc | Process for making isoquinoline compounds |
US8883823B2 (en) | 2012-07-16 | 2014-11-11 | Fibrogen, Inc. | Crystalline forms of a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor |
BR112015001101A2 (en) | 2012-07-16 | 2017-06-27 | Fibrogen Inc | crystalline forms of a prolyl hydroxylase inhibitor |
JP6406759B6 (en) * | 2013-03-27 | 2018-12-05 | 国立大学法人九州大学 | Nanocapsules, compositions, polynucleotides, recombinant vectors and transformants |
JP5661148B2 (en) * | 2013-06-10 | 2015-01-28 | オリエンタル酵母工業株式会社 | Bio-optical imaging probe |
SG10201910773VA (en) | 2013-06-13 | 2020-01-30 | Akebia Therapeutics Inc | Compositions and methods for treating anemia |
TWI665190B (en) | 2013-11-15 | 2019-07-11 | 阿克比治療有限公司 | Solid forms of {[5-(3-chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridine-2-carbonyl]amino}acetic acid, compositions, and uses thereof |
EP3083940A4 (en) * | 2013-12-20 | 2017-08-23 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Low shear microfluidic devices and methods of use and manufacturing thereof |
EP3122893B1 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2021-06-02 | Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center | L-2-hydroxyglutarate and stress induced metabolism |
CA2974691A1 (en) | 2015-01-23 | 2016-07-28 | Akebia Therapeutics, Inc. | Solid forms of 2-(5-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypicolinamido)acetic acid, compositions, and uses thereof |
JP6929785B2 (en) | 2015-04-01 | 2021-09-01 | アケビア セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッドAkebia Therapeutics Inc. | Compositions and methods for the treatment of anemia |
JP2018524196A (en) * | 2015-05-05 | 2018-08-30 | シェメシュ,ジョナタン | Wheel rim accessories and how to assemble it |
EP3684791A1 (en) * | 2017-09-21 | 2020-07-29 | Merck Patent GmbH | Fusion protein comprising an fgf-18 moiety |
CN112088155A (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2020-12-15 | 阿克比治疗有限公司 | Process for the preparation of 2- [ [5- (3-chlorophenyl) -3-hydroxypyridine-2-carbonyl ] amino ] acetic acid |
US11524939B2 (en) | 2019-11-13 | 2022-12-13 | Akebia Therapeutics, Inc. | Solid forms of {[5-(3-chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridine-2-carbonyl]amino} acetic acid |
Family Cites Families (31)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5087618A (en) | 1982-05-18 | 1992-02-11 | University Of Florida | Redox carriers for brain-specific drug delivery |
US4540564A (en) | 1982-05-18 | 1985-09-10 | University Of Florida | Brain-specific drug delivery |
US4522811A (en) | 1982-07-08 | 1985-06-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides |
EP0247193A1 (en) * | 1985-12-02 | 1987-12-02 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Isolation of dna sequences encoding luciferase activity and applications of the same |
US5166320A (en) | 1987-04-22 | 1992-11-24 | University Of Connecticut | Carrier system and method for the introduction of genes into mammalian cells |
US5021404A (en) * | 1988-04-20 | 1991-06-04 | The Children's Medical Center Corporation | Angiostatic collagen modulators |
DE3818850A1 (en) * | 1988-06-03 | 1989-12-07 | Hoechst Ag | OLIGOPEPTIDES WITH CYCLIC PROLIN ANALOG AMINO STUFFS |
US5223409A (en) | 1988-09-02 | 1993-06-29 | Protein Engineering Corp. | Directed evolution of novel binding proteins |
US5683888A (en) | 1989-07-22 | 1997-11-04 | University Of Wales College Of Medicine | Modified bioluminescent proteins and their use |
US5233409A (en) | 1992-02-25 | 1993-08-03 | Schwab Karl W | Color analysis of organic constituents in sedimentary rocks for thermal maturity |
US5650135A (en) | 1994-07-01 | 1997-07-22 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Non-invasive localization of a light-emitting conjugate in a mammal |
US6649143B1 (en) * | 1994-07-01 | 2003-11-18 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Non-invasive localization of a light-emitting conjugate in a mammal |
US6046219A (en) * | 1995-01-20 | 2000-04-04 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Method for the treatment of conditions mediated by collagen formation together with cell proliferation by application of inhibitors of protein hydroxylation |
US5958713A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1999-09-28 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Method of detecting biologically active substances by using green fluorescent protein |
US5882914A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1999-03-16 | The Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine | Nucleic acids encoding the hypoxia inducible factor-1 |
GB9911047D0 (en) * | 1999-05-12 | 1999-07-14 | Isis Innovation | Assay method and means |
US6855510B2 (en) | 2001-03-20 | 2005-02-15 | Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor |
US7919274B2 (en) * | 2001-03-20 | 2011-04-05 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Light-emitting fusion proteins and diagnostic and therapeutic methods therefor |
US7176345B2 (en) * | 2001-03-20 | 2007-02-13 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Transgenic animals expressing light-emitting fusion proteins and diagnostic and therapeutic methods therefor |
US6849718B2 (en) * | 2001-03-20 | 2005-02-01 | Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Muteins of hypoxia inducible factor alpha and methods of use thereof |
WO2002074981A2 (en) * | 2001-03-21 | 2002-09-26 | Isis Innovation Ltd. | Assays, methods and means relating to hypoxia inducible factor (hif) hydroxylase |
US6566088B1 (en) * | 2001-10-04 | 2003-05-20 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Prolyl-4-hydroxylases |
EP2298301B2 (en) * | 2001-12-06 | 2022-11-16 | Fibrogen, Inc. | Medicaments for treating anemia associated with kidney disease |
US7053046B2 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2006-05-30 | Mcgrath Kevin | Peptide activators of VEGF |
US20050214894A1 (en) * | 2004-03-26 | 2005-09-29 | Schofield Christopher J | High throughput assay |
US20060003961A1 (en) * | 2004-06-18 | 2006-01-05 | The John Hopkins University | Negative regulation of hypoxia inducible factor 1 by OS-9 |
CN101849943A (en) * | 2005-06-06 | 2010-10-06 | 菲布罗根公司 | Use the improved treatment for anemia of HIF alpha stabilizers |
KR100859506B1 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2008-09-22 | 한국과학기술연구원 | Method for quantitative analysis of proline hydroxylation-induced interactions between hif-1 and vbc protein complex using fluorescence polarization |
JP5202327B2 (en) * | 2005-12-09 | 2013-06-05 | アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド | Quinolone-based compounds exhibiting prolyl hydroxylase inhibitory activity, and compositions thereof and uses thereof |
US20090011051A1 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2009-01-08 | Roth Mark B | Methods, Compositions and Articles of Manufacture for HIF Modulating Compounds |
US20100240069A1 (en) * | 2009-03-18 | 2010-09-23 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Drug Discovery Assay for Modulators of HIF-Prolyl Hydroxylase Activity |
-
2002
- 2002-03-19 US US10/101,812 patent/US6855510B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-03-20 AT AT02721540T patent/ATE447620T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-03-20 DE DE60234248T patent/DE60234248D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-03-20 JP JP2002572960A patent/JP4116442B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-03-20 EP EP09013817A patent/EP2179730A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-03-20 EP EP10183536A patent/EP2343062A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-03-20 ES ES02721540T patent/ES2335751T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-03-20 WO PCT/US2002/008886 patent/WO2002074249A2/en active Application Filing
- 2002-03-20 EP EP02721540A patent/EP1377676B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-03-20 CA CA2441291A patent/CA2441291C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-03-20 AU AU2002252466A patent/AU2002252466A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2004
- 2004-06-02 US US10/859,935 patent/US20040248233A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-12-30 US US11/027,273 patent/US20050186650A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2007
- 2007-07-17 US US11/879,300 patent/US7985563B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2008
- 2008-01-09 JP JP2008002664A patent/JP4344770B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2008-08-07 JP JP2008204893A patent/JP2009040785A/en active Pending
- 2008-08-13 US US12/190,987 patent/US20100233735A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2010
- 2010-09-27 JP JP2010216108A patent/JP2011006477A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2011
- 2011-04-04 US US13/066,033 patent/US8809011B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2014
- 2014-07-10 US US14/328,588 patent/US9766240B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2017
- 2017-05-12 US US15/594,454 patent/US10365278B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2019
- 2019-06-06 US US16/433,992 patent/US20200209239A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2020
- 2020-11-20 US US17/100,272 patent/US20220291216A1/en not_active Abandoned
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
Anonymous- HIF1 alpha - Protein - NCBI, 2023. (Year: 2023) * |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220291216A1 (en) | Pharmaceuticals and methods for treating hypoxia and screening methods therefor | |
US7176345B2 (en) | Transgenic animals expressing light-emitting fusion proteins and diagnostic and therapeutic methods therefor | |
Li et al. | Atrogin-1/muscle atrophy F-box inhibits calcineurin-dependent cardiac hypertrophy by participating in an SCF ubiquitin ligase complex | |
US9844546B2 (en) | Antibody against human HIF hydroxylase | |
Huang et al. | Sequence determinants in hypoxia-inducible factor-1α for hydroxylation by the prolyl hydroxylases PHD1, PHD2, and PHD3 | |
US7919274B2 (en) | Light-emitting fusion proteins and diagnostic and therapeutic methods therefor | |
Hiwatashi et al. | PHD1 interacts with ATF4 and negatively regulates its transcriptional activity without prolyl hydroxylation | |
Freeman et al. | SM-20, EGL-9, and the EGLN family of hypoxia-inducible factor prolyl hydroxylases | |
US7193053B2 (en) | Hypoxia-inducible factor 1alpha variants and methods of use | |
Lee et al. | MAP, a protein interacting with a tumor suppressor, merlin, through the run domain | |
Kim et al. | Differential control of transcription by DNA-bound cyclins | |
Zebrowski et al. | Caspase-3 mediated cleavage of MEKK1 promotes p53 transcriptional activity | |
Haque et al. | The Kaposi’s sarcoma-associated herpesvirus ORF34 protein interacts and stabilizes HIF-2 via binding to the HIF-2 bHLH and PAS domains |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT, MARYLAND Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:DANA-FARBER CANCER INST;REEL/FRAME:064388/0228 Effective date: 20220520 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |